File: devscripts.pot

package info (click to toggle)
devscripts 2.10.35lenny7
links: PTS, VCS
area: main
in suites: lenny
size: 2,452 kB
ctags: 440
sloc: perl: 12,973; sh: 4,225; makefile: 149; ansic: 17
file content (11888 lines) | stat: -rw-r--r-- 348,134 bytes
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-24 19:20+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING"

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "ANNOTATE-OUTPUT"
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:1 ../scripts/archpath.1:1 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:1 ../scripts/dcmd.1:1 ../scripts/debc.1:1 ../scripts/debchange.1:1 ../scripts/debclean.1:1 ../scripts/debdiff.1:1 ../scripts/debi.1:1 ../scripts/debpkg.1:1 ../scripts/debrelease.1:1 ../scripts/debrsign.1:1 ../scripts/debsign.1:1 ../scripts/debuild.1:1 ../scripts/devscripts.1:1 ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:1 ../scripts/dscverify.1:1 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:1 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:1 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:1 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:1 ../scripts/mergechanges.1:1 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:1 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:1 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:1 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:1 ../scripts/uscan.1:1 ../scripts/uupdate.1:1 ../scripts/whodepends.1:1 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:1 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:1 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:1 ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian Utilities"
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:1 ../scripts/archpath.1:1 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:1 ../scripts/dcmd.1:1 ../scripts/debc.1:1 ../scripts/debchange.1:1 ../scripts/debclean.1:1 ../scripts/debdiff.1:1 ../scripts/debi.1:1 ../scripts/debpkg.1:1 ../scripts/debrelease.1:1 ../scripts/debrsign.1:1 ../scripts/debsign.1:1 ../scripts/debuild.1:1 ../scripts/devscripts.1:1 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:1 ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:1 ../scripts/dscverify.1:1 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:1 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:1 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:1 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:1 ../scripts/mergechanges.1:1 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:1 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:1 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:1 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:1 ../scripts/uscan.1:1 ../scripts/uupdate.1:1 ../scripts/whodepends.1:1 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:1 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:1 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:1 ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBIAN"
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:2 ../scripts/archpath.1:2 ../scripts/bts.pl:27 ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:18 ../scripts/chdist.pl:19 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:2 ../scripts/cowpoke.1:18 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:2 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:2 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:2 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:2 ../scripts/dcmd.1:2 ../scripts/dd-list.1:19 ../scripts/debc.1:2 ../scripts/debchange.1:2 ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:23 ../scripts/debclean.1:2 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:3 ../scripts/debdiff.1:2 ../scripts/debi.1:2 ../scripts/debpkg.1:2 ../scripts/debrelease.1:2 ../scripts/debrsign.1:2 ../scripts/debsign.1:2 ../scripts/debuild.1:2 ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:24 ../scripts/devscripts.1:2 ../scripts/dget.pl:474 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:2 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:2 ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:2 ../scripts/dscverify.1:2 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:2 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:2 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:22 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:2 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:2 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:22 ../scripts/mergechanges.1:2 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:24 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:2 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:2 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:2 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:2 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:175 ../scripts/svnpath.pl:3 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:81 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:23 ../scripts/uscan.1:2 ../scripts/uupdate.1:2 ../scripts/whodepends.1:2 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:2 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:2 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:2 ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:4
msgid "annotate-output - annotate program output with time and stream"
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:4 ../scripts/archpath.1:4 ../scripts/bts.pl:158 ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:22 ../scripts/chdist.pl:23 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:4 ../scripts/cowpoke.1:20 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:4 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:4 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:4 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:4 ../scripts/dcmd.1:4 ../scripts/dd-list.1:22 ../scripts/debc.1:4 ../scripts/debchange.1:4 ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:27 ../scripts/debclean.1:4 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:7 ../scripts/debdiff.1:4 ../scripts/debi.1:4 ../scripts/debpkg.1:4 ../scripts/debrelease.1:4 ../scripts/debrsign.1:4 ../scripts/debsign.1:4 ../scripts/debuild.1:4 ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:28 ../scripts/dget.pl:478 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:4 ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:4 ../scripts/dscverify.1:4 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:4 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:4 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:26 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:4 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:4 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:26 ../scripts/mergechanges.1:4 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:28 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:4 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:4 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:4 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:4 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:179 ../scripts/svnpath.pl:7 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:85 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:27 ../scripts/uscan.1:4 ../scripts/uupdate.1:4 ../scripts/whodepends.1:4 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:4 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:4 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:6
msgid "B<annotate-output> I<program> [I<args> ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:6 ../scripts/archpath.1:12 ../scripts/bts.pl:162 ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:26 ../scripts/chdist.pl:27 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:8 ../scripts/cowpoke.1:25 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:6 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:6 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:7 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:7 ../scripts/dcmd.1:6 ../scripts/dd-list.1:26 ../scripts/debc.1:6 ../scripts/debchange.1:8 ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:39 ../scripts/debclean.1:6 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:11 ../scripts/debdiff.1:15 ../scripts/debi.1:6 ../scripts/debpkg.1:6 ../scripts/debrelease.1:6 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:82 ../scripts/debrsign.1:7 ../scripts/debsign.1:6 ../scripts/debuild.1:10 ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:34 ../scripts/devscripts.1:4 ../scripts/dget.pl:488 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:10 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:6 ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:6 ../scripts/dscverify.1:6 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:8 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:6 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:34 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:6 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:8 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:30 ../scripts/mergechanges.1:6 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:34 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:6 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:7 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:6 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:8 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:187 ../scripts/svnpath.pl:17 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:89 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:33 ../scripts/uscan.1:6 ../scripts/uupdate.1:8 ../scripts/whodepends.1:6 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:6 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:8 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:8 ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:10
msgid ""
"B<annotate-output> will execute the specified program, while prepending "
"every line with the current time and O for stdout and E for stderr."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:11 ../scripts/uscan.1:319
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ annotate-output make\n"
"21:41:21 I: Started make\n"
"21:41:21 O: gcc -Wall program.c\n"
"21:43:18 E: program.c: Couldn't compile, and took me ages to find out\n"
"21:43:19 E: collect2: ld returned 1 exit status\n"
"21:43:19 E: make: *** [all] Error 1\n"
"21:43:19 I: Finished with exitcode 2\n"
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:23 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:79 ../scripts/whodepends.1:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:27
msgid ""
"Since stdout and stderr are processed in parallel, it can happen that some "
"lines received on stdout will show up before later-printed stderr lines (and "
"vice-versa)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:32
msgid ""
"This is unfortunately very hard to fix with the current annotation "
"strategy.  A fix would involve switching to PTRACE'ing the process.  Giving "
"nice a (much) higher priority over the executed program could however cause "
"this behaviour to show up less frequently."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:37
msgid ""
"The program does not work as well when the output is not linewise.  In "
"particular, when an interactive program asks for input, the question might "
"not be shown until after you have answered it.  This will give the "
"impression that the annotated program has hung, while it has not."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:41
msgid ""
"B<annotate-output> does not currently accept any command-line options, so "
"--help, --version, and that kind of stuff do not currently work (unless you "
"install /usr/bin/--help ;) )."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "TODO"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:44
msgid "Accept --help, --version command-line options."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:46
msgid "Get rich with this very sophisticated piece of bash."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "WEBSITE/SUPPORT"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:50
msgid ""
"The most recent version of this utility is on "
"http://jeroen.A-Eskwadraat.nl/sw/annotate"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:54
msgid ""
"This program is community-supported (meaning: you'll need to fix it "
"yourself).  Patches are however appreciated, as is any feedback (positive or "
"negative)."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:55 ../scripts/archpath.1:54 ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:251 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:62 ../scripts/cowpoke.1:150 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:64 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:68 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:69 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:59 ../scripts/dcmd.1:40 ../scripts/dd-list.1:93 ../scripts/debc.1:120 ../scripts/debchange.1:417 ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:111 ../scripts/debclean.1:111 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:714 ../scripts/debdiff.1:187 ../scripts/debi.1:120 ../scripts/debpkg.1:23 ../scripts/debrelease.1:137 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:292 ../scripts/debrsign.1:71 ../scripts/debsign.1:130 ../scripts/debuild.1:421 ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:52 ../scripts/dget.pl:622 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:40 ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:36 ../scripts/dscverify.1:53 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:34 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:39 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:116 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:21 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:20 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:512 ../scripts/mergechanges.1:18 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:54 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:97 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:126 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:51 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:83 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:295 ../scripts/svnpath.pl:97 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:81 ../scripts/uscan.1:527 ../scripts/uupdate.1:167 ../scripts/whodepends.1:19 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:71 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:31 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:33 ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/annotate-output.1:59
msgid ""
"B<annotate-output> was written by Jeroen van Wolffelaar "
"E<lt>jeroen@wolffelaar.nlE<gt> This manpage comes under the same copyright "
"as annotate-output itself, read /usr/bin/annotate-output (or wherever you "
"install it) for the details."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "ARCHPATH"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:4
msgid "archpath - output arch (tla/Bazaar) archive names, with support for branches"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:6
msgid "B<archpath>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:9
msgid "B<archpath> I<branch>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:12
msgid "B<archpath> I<branch>--I<version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:15
msgid "B<archpath> is intended to be run in an arch (tla or Bazaar) working copy."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:20
msgid ""
"In its simplest usage, B<archpath> with no parameters outputs the package "
"name (archive/category--branch--version) associated with the working copy."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:28
msgid ""
"If a parameter is given, it may either be a branch--version, in which case "
"B<archpath> will output a corresponding package name in the current archive "
"and category, or a plain branch name (without \\(oq--\"), in which case "
"B<archpath> will output a corresponding package name in the current archive "
"and category and with the same version as the current working copy."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:32
msgid ""
"This is useful for branching.  For example, if you're using Bazaar and you "
"want to create a branch for a new feature, you might use a command like "
"this:"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "CW<baz branch $(archpath) $(archpath new-feature)>\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:43
msgid ""
"Or if you want to tag your current code onto a \\(oqreleases\\(cq branch as "
"version 1.0, you might use a command like this:"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "CW<baz branch $(archpath) $(archpath releases--1.0)>\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:54
msgid ""
"That's much easier than using \\(oqbaz tree-version\\(cq to look up the "
"package name and manually modifying the result."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:57
msgid "B<archpath> was written by"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:59
msgid "Colin Watson E<lt>cjwatson@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/archpath.1:63
msgid ""
"Like B<archpath>, this manual page is released under the GNU General Public "
"License, version 2 or later."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:29
msgid "bts - developers' command line interface to the BTS"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:160
msgid ""
"B<bts> [options] command [args] [#comment] [.|, command [args] [#comment]] "
"..."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:164
msgid ""
"This is a command line interface to the bug tracking system, intended mainly "
"for use by developers. It lets the BTS be manipulated using simple commands "
"that can be run at the prompt or in a script, does various sanity checks on "
"the input, and constructs and sends a mail to the BTS control address for "
"you."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:170
msgid ""
"In general, the command line interface is the same as what you would write "
"in a mail to control@bugs.debian.org, just prefixed with \"bts\". For "
"example:"
msgstr ""

# type: verbatim
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:174
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" % bts severity 69042 normal\n"
" % bts merge 69042 43233\n"
" % bts retitle 69042 blah blah\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:178
msgid ""
"A few additional commands have been added for your convenience, and this "
"program is less strict about what constitutes a valid bug number. For "
"example, \"severity Bug#85942 normal\" is understood, as is \"severity "
"#85942 normal\".  (Of course, your shell may regard \"#\" as a comment "
"character though, so you may need to quote it!)"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:184
msgid ""
"Also, for your convenience, this program allows you to abbreviate commands "
"to the shortest unique substring (similar to how cvs lets you abbreviate "
"commands). So it understands things like \"bts cl 85942\"."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:188
msgid ""
"It is also possible to include a comment in the mail sent to the BTS. If "
"your shell does not strip out the comment in a command like \"bts severity "
"30321 normal #inflated severity\", then this program is smart enough to "
"figure out where the comment is, and include it in the email.  Note that "
"most shells do strip out such comments before they get to the program, "
"unless the comment is quoted.  (Something like \"bts severity #85942 "
"normal\" will not be treated as a comment!)"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:196
msgid ""
"In most cases, adding a comment will cause the generated mail to be CCed to "
"the bug report, in addition to control@bugs.debian.org."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:199
msgid ""
"You can specify multiple commands by separating them with a single dot, "
"rather like B<update-rc.d>; a single comma may also be used; all the "
"commands will then be sent in a single mail. For example (quoting where "
"necessary so that B<bts> sees the comment):"
msgstr ""

# type: verbatim
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:204
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" % bts severity 95672 normal , merge 95672 95673 \\#they are the same!\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:206
msgid ""
"The abbreviation \"it\" may be used to refer to the last mentioned bug "
"number, so you could write:"
msgstr ""

# type: verbatim
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:209
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" % bts severity 95672 wishlist , retitle it \"bts: please add a --foo "
"option\"\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:211
msgid ""
"Please use this program responsibly, and do take our users into "
"consideration."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:214 ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:30 ../scripts/chdist.pl:34 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:23 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:24 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:28 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:21 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:32 ../scripts/dd-list.1:58 ../scripts/debc.1:64 ../scripts/debchange.1:146 ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:64 ../scripts/debclean.1:60 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:19 ../scripts/debdiff.1:50 ../scripts/debi.1:65 ../scripts/debrelease.1:56 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:128 ../scripts/debrsign.1:30 ../scripts/debsign.1:39 ../scripts/debuild.1:217 ../scripts/dget.pl:523 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:13 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:15 ../scripts/dscverify.1:17 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:17 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:13 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:43 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:12 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:14 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:60 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:40 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:21 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:43 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:13 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:17 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:196 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:95 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:42 ../scripts/uscan.1:334 ../scripts/uupdate.1:50 ../scripts/whodepends.1:10 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:15 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:17 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:216
msgid ""
"B<bts> examines the B<devscripts> configuration files as described below.  "
"Command line options override the configuration file settings, though."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:222
msgid "-o, --offline"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:224
msgid ""
"Make bts use cached bugs for the 'show' and 'bugs' commands, if a cache is "
"available for the requested data. See the cache command, below for "
"information on setting up a cache."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:228
msgid "--online, --no-offline"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:230
msgid ""
"Opposite of --offline; overrides any configuration file directive to work "
"offline."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:233
msgid "-n, --no-action"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:235
msgid "Do not send emails but print them to standard output."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:237
msgid "--cache, --no-cache"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:239
msgid ""
"Should we attempt to cache new versions of BTS pages when performing "
"show/bugs commands? Default is to cache."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:242
msgid "--cache-mode={min|mbox|full}"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:244
msgid ""
"When running a B<bts cache> command, should we only mirror the basic bug "
"(min), or should we also mirror the mbox version (mbox), or should we mirror "
"the whole thing, including the mbox and the boring attachments to the BTS "
"bug pages and the acknowledgement emails (full)? Default is min."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:250
msgid "--cache-delay=seconds"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:252
msgid ""
"Time in seconds to delay between each download, to avoid hammering the BTS "
"web server. Default is 5 seconds."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:255
msgid "--mbox"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:257
msgid ""
"Open a mail reader to read the mbox corresponding to a given bug number for "
"show and bugs commands."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:260
msgid "--mailreader=READER"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:262
msgid ""
"Specify the command to read the mbox.  Must contain a \"%s\" string "
"(unquoted!), which will be replaced by the name of the mbox file.  The "
"command will be split on white space and will not be passed to a shell.  "
"Default is 'mutt -f %s'.  (Also, %% will be substituted by a single % if "
"this is needed.)"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:268
msgid "--cc-addr=CC_EMAIL_ADDRESS"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:270
msgid ""
"Send carbon copies to a list of users. CC_EMAIL_ADDRESS should be a "
"comma-separated list of emails."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:273
msgid "--use-default-cc"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:275
msgid ""
"Add the addresses specified in the configuation file option BTS_DEFAULT_CC "
"to the list specified using --cc-addr.  This is the default."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:279
msgid "--no-use-default-cc"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:281
msgid "Do not add addresses specified in BTS_DEFAULT_CC to the carbon copy list."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:284 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:99
msgid "--sendmail=SENDMAILCMD"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:286
msgid ""
"Specify the sendmail command.  The command will be split on white space and "
"will not be passed to a shell.  Default is '/usr/sbin/sendmail'.  The -t "
"option will be automatically added if the command is /usr/sbin/sendmail or "
"/usr/sbin/exim*.  For other mailers, if they require a -t option, this must "
"be included in the SENDMAILCMD, for example: --sendmail=\"/usr/sbin/mymailer "
"-t\""
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:293
msgid "--smtp-host=SMTPHOST"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:295
msgid ""
"Specify an SMTP host.  If given, B<bts> will send mail by talking directly "
"to this SMTP host rather than by invoking a sendmail command."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:298
msgid ""
"The host name may be followed by a colon (\":\") and a port number in order "
"to use a port other than the default.  It may also begin with \"ssmtp://\" "
"or \"smtps://\" to indicate that SMTPS should be used."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:302
msgid ""
"Note that when sending directly via an SMTP host, specifying addresses in "
"--cc-addr or BTS_DEFAULT_CC that the SMTP host will not relay will cause the "
"SMTP host to reject the entire mail."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:306
msgid "--smtp-username=USERNAME, --smtp-password=PASSWORD"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:308
msgid ""
"Specify the credentials to use when connecting to the SMTP server specified "
"by --smtp-host.  If the server does not require authentication then these "
"options should not be used."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:312
msgid ""
"If a username is specified but not a password, B<bts> will prompt for the "
"password before sending the mail."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:315
msgid "-f, --force-refresh"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:317
msgid ""
"Download a bug report again, even if it does not appear to have changed "
"since the last cache command.  Useful if a --cache-mode=full is requested "
"for the first time (otherwise unchanged bug reports will not be downloaded "
"again, even if the boring bits have not been downloaded)."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:323
msgid "--no-force-refresh"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:325
msgid "Suppress any configuration file --force-refresh option."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:327
msgid "--only-new"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:329 ../scripts/bts.pl:3448
msgid ""
"Download only new bugs when caching. Do not check for updates in bugs we "
"already have."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:332
msgid "--include-resolved"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:334
msgid ""
"When caching bug reports, include those that are marked as resolved.  This "
"is the default behaviour."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:337
msgid "--no-include-resolved"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:339
msgid ""
"Reverse the behaviour of the previous option.  That is, do not cache bugs "
"that are marked as resolved."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:342
msgid "--no-ack"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:344
msgid ""
"Suppress acknowledgment mails from the BTS.  Note that this will only affect "
"the copies of messages CCed to bugs, not those sent to the control bot."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:348
msgid "--ack"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:350
msgid "Do not suppress acknowledgement mails.  This is the default behaviour."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:352 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:137
msgid "-i, --interactive"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:354
msgid ""
"Before sending an e-mail to the control bot, display the content and allow "
"it to be edited, or the sending cancelled."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:357
msgid "--force-interactive"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:359
msgid ""
"Similar to --interactive, with the exception that an editor is spawned "
"before prompting for confirmation of the message to be sent."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:362
msgid "--no-interactive"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:364
msgid "Send control e-mails without confirmation.  This is the default behaviour."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:366
msgid "-q, --quiet"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:368
msgid ""
"When running bts cache, only display information about newly cached pages, "
"not messages saying already cached.  If this option is specified twice, only "
"output error messages (to stderr)."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:372 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:108
msgid "--no-conf, --noconf"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:374 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:61 ../scripts/debc.1:89 ../scripts/debchange.1:330 ../scripts/debclean.1:81 ../scripts/debdiff.1:130 ../scripts/debi.1:90 ../scripts/debrelease.1:99 ../scripts/debsign.1:93 ../scripts/debuild.1:223 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:96 ../scripts/dscverify.1:28 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:18 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:110 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:63 ../scripts/uscan.1:437 ../scripts/uupdate.1:80 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:44
msgid ""
"Do not read any configuration files.  This can only be used as the first "
"option given on the command-line."
msgstr ""

# type: =head1
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:666 ../scripts/chdist.pl:56
msgid "COMMANDS"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:668
msgid ""
"For full details about the commands, see the BTS documentation.  "
"L<http://www.debian.org/Bugs/server-control>"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:673
msgid "show [options] [<bug number> | <package> | <maintainer> | : ] [opt=val ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:675
msgid "show [options] [src:<package> | from:<submitter>] [opt=val ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:677
msgid "show [options] [tag:<tag> | usertag:<tag> ] [opt=val ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:679
msgid "show [release-critical | release-critical/... | RC]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:681
msgid "This is a synonym for bts bugs."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:689
msgid "bugs [options] [<bug number> | <package> | <maintainer> | : ] [opt=val ..]"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:691
msgid "bugs [options] [src:<package> | from:<submitter>] [opt=val ..]"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:693
msgid "bugs [options] [tag:<tag> | usertag:<tag> ] [opt=val ..]"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:695
msgid "bugs [release-critical | release-critical/... | RC]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:697
msgid ""
"Display the page listing the requested bugs in a web browser using "
"L<sensible-browser(1)>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:700
msgid ""
"Options may be specified after the \"bugs\" command in addition to or "
"instead of options at the start of the command line: recognised options at "
"his point are: -o/--offline/--online, --mbox, --mailreader and "
"--[no-]cache.  These are described earlier in this manpage.  If either the "
"-o or --offline option is used, or there is already an up-to-date copy in "
"the local cache, the cached version will be used."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:707
msgid "The meanings of the possible arguments are as follows:"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:711
msgid "(none)"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:713
msgid ""
"If nothing is specified, bts bugs will display your bugs, assuming that "
"either DEBEMAIL or EMAIL (examined in that order) is set to the appropriate "
"email address."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:717
msgid "<bug number>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:719
msgid "Display bug number <bug number>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:721
msgid "<package>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:723
msgid "Display the bugs for the package <package>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:725
msgid "src:<package>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:727
msgid "Display the bugs for the source package <package>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:729
msgid "<maintainer>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:731
msgid "Display the bugs for the maintainer email address <maintainer>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:733
msgid "from:<submitter>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:735
msgid "Display the bugs for the submitter email address <submitter>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:737
msgid "tag:<tag>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:739
msgid "Display the bugs which are tagged with <tag>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:741
msgid "usertag:<tag>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:743
msgid ""
"Display the bugs which are tagged with usertag <tag>.  See the BTS "
"documentation for more information on usertags.  This will require the use "
"of a users=<email> option."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:747
msgid ":"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:749
msgid ""
"Details of the bug tracking system itself, along with a bug-request page "
"with more options than this script, can be found on "
"http://bugs.debian.org/.  This page itself will be opened if the command "
"'bts bugs :' is used."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:754
msgid "release-critical, RC"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:756
msgid ""
"Display the front page of the release-critical pages on the BTS.  This is a "
"synonym for http://bugs.debian.org/release-critical/index.html.  It is also "
"possible to say release-critical/debian/main.html and the like.  RC is a "
"synonym for release-critical/other/all.html."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:763
msgid ""
"After the argument specifying what to display, you can optionally specify "
"options to use to format the page or change what it displayed.  These are "
"passed to the BTS in the URL downloaded. For example, pass dist=stable to "
"see bugs affecting the stable version of a package, version=1.0 to see bugs "
"affecting that version of a package, or reverse=yes to display newest "
"messages first in a bug log."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:770
msgid ""
"If caching has been enabled (that is, --no-cache has not been used, and "
"BTS_CACHE has not been set to \"no\"), then any page requested by \"bts "
"show\" will automatically be cached, and be available offline thereafter.  "
"Pages which are automatically cached in this way will be deleted on "
"subsequent \"bts show|bugs|cache\" invocations if they have not been "
"accessed in 30 days."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:777
msgid ""
"Any other B<bts> commands following this on the command line will be "
"executed after the browser has been exited."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:780
msgid ""
"The desired browser can be specified and configured by setting the BROWSER "
"environment variable.  The conventions follow those defined by Eric Raymond "
"at http://www.catb.org/~esr/BROWSER/; we here reproduce the relevant part."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:785
msgid ""
"The value of BROWSER may consist of a colon-separated series of browser "
"command parts. These should be tried in order until one succeeds. Each "
"command part may optionally contain the string \"%s\"; if it does, the URL "
"to be viewed is substituted there. If a command part does not contain %s, "
"the browser is to be launched as if the URL had been supplied as its first "
"argument. The string %% must be substituted as a single %."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:793
msgid ""
"Rationale: We need to be able to specify multiple browser commands so "
"programs obeying this convention can do the right thing in either X or "
"console environments, trying X first. Specifying multiple commands may also "
"be useful for people who share files like .profile across multiple "
"systems. We need %s because some popular browsers have remote-invocation "
"syntax that requires it. Unless %% reduces to %, it won't be possible to "
"have a literal %s in the string."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:801
msgid "For example, on most Linux systems a good thing to do would be:"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:803
msgid "BROWSER='mozilla -raise -remote \"openURL(%s,new-window)\":links'"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:878
msgid "select [key:value ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:880
msgid ""
"Uses the SOAP interface to output a list of bugs which match the given "
"selection requirements."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:883
msgid "The following keys are allowed, and may be given multiple times."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:887
msgid "package"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:889
msgid "Binary package name."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:891
msgid "source"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:893
msgid "Source package name."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:895
msgid "maintainer"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:897
msgid "E-mail address of the maintainer."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:899
msgid "submitter"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:901
msgid "E-mail address of the submitter."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:903
msgid "severity"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:905
msgid "Bug severity."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:907
msgid "status"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:909
msgid "Status of the bug."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:911
msgid "tag"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:913
msgid ""
"Tags applied to the bug. If I<users> is specified, may include usertags in "
"addition to the standard tags."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:916
msgid "owner"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:918
msgid "Bug's owner."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:920
msgid "bugs"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:922
msgid "List of bugs to search within."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:924
msgid "users"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:926
msgid "Users to use when looking up usertags."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:928
msgid "archive"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:930
msgid ""
"Whether to search archived bugs or normal bugs; defaults to 0 (i.e. only "
"search normal bugs). As a special case, if archive is 'both', both archived "
"and unarchived bugs are returned."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:936
msgid ""
"For example, to select the set of bugs submitted by "
"jrandomdeveloper@example.com and tagged wontfix, one would use"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:939
msgid "bts select submitter:jrandomdeveloper@example.com tag:wontfix"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:952
msgid "clone <bug> [new IDs]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:954
msgid ""
"The clone control command allows you to duplicate a bug report. It is useful "
"in the case where a single report actually indicates that multiple distinct "
"bugs have occurred. \"New IDs\" are negative numbers, separated by spaces, "
"which may be used in subsequent control commands to refer to the newly "
"duplicated bugs.  A new report is generated for each new ID."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:995
msgid "reopen <bug> [<submitter>]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:997
msgid "Reopen a bug, with optional submitter."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1008
msgid "archive <bug>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1010
msgid ""
"Archive a bug that has previously been archived but is currently not.  The "
"bug must fulfil all of the requirements for archiving with the exception of "
"those that are time-based."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1022
msgid "unarchive <bug>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1024
msgid "Unarchive a bug that is currently archived."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1034
msgid "retitle <bug> <title>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1036
msgid "Change the title of the bug."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1049
msgid "submitter <bug> [<bug> ...] <submitter-email>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1051
msgid ""
"Change the submitter address of a bug or a number of bugs, with `!' meaning "
"`use the address on the current email as the new submitter address'."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1068
msgid "reassign <bug> [<bug> ...] <package> [<version>]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1070
msgid ""
"Reassign a bug or a number of bugs to a different package.  The version "
"field is optional; see the explanation at "
"L<http://www.debian.org/Bugs/server-control>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1100
msgid "found <bug> [<version>]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1102
msgid "Indicate that a bug was found to exist in a particular package version."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1117
msgid "notfound <bug> <version>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1119
msgid ""
"Remove the record that bug was encountered in the given version of the "
"package to which it is assigned."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1131
msgid "fixed <bug> <version>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1133
msgid ""
"Indicate that a bug was fixed in a particular package version, without "
"affecting the bug's open/closed status."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1145
msgid "notfixed <bug> <version>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1147
msgid ""
"Remove the record that a bug was fixed in the given version of the package "
"to which it is assigned."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1150
msgid ""
"This is equivalent to the sequence of commands \"found <bug> <version>\", "
"\"notfound <bug> <version>\"."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1162
msgid "block <bug> by|with <bug> [<bug> ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1164
msgid "Note that a bug is blocked from being fixed by a set of other bugs."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1182
msgid "unblock <bug> by|with <bug> [<bug> ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1184
msgid ""
"Note that a bug is no longer blocked from being fixed by a set of other "
"bugs."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1202
msgid "merge <bug> <bug> [<bug> ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1204
msgid "Merge a set of bugs together."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1219
msgid "forcemerge <bug> <bug> [<bug> ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1221
msgid ""
"Forcibly merge a set of bugs together. The first bug listed is the master "
"bug, and its settings (those which must be equal in a normal merge) are "
"assigned to the bugs listed next."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1239
msgid "unmerge <bug>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1241
msgid "Unmerge a bug."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1251
msgid "tag <bug> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1253
msgid "tags <bug> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1255
msgid ""
"Set or unset a tag on a bug. The tag may either be the exact tag name or it "
"may be abbreviated to any unique tag substring. (So using \"fixed\" will set "
"the tag \"fixed\", not \"fixed-upstream\", for example, but \"fix\" would "
"not be acceptable.) Multiple tags may be specified as well. The two commands "
"(tag and tags) are identical. At least one tag must be specified, unless the "
"'=' flag is used, where the command"
msgstr ""

# type: verbatim
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1262
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  bts tags <bug> =\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1264
msgid "will remove all tags from the specified bug."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1311
msgid "user <email>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1313
msgid "Specify a user email address before using the usertags command."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1326
msgid "usertag <bug> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1328
msgid "usertags <bug> [+|-|=] tag [tag ..]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1330
msgid ""
"Set or unset a user tag on a bug. The tag must be the exact tag name wanted; "
"there are no defaults or checking of tag names.  Multiple tags may be "
"specified as well. The two commands (usertag and usertags) are identical.  "
"At least one tag must be specified, unless the '=' flag is used, where the "
"command"
msgstr ""

# type: verbatim
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1336
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  bts usertags <bug> =\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1338
msgid "will remove all user tags from the specified bug."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1369
msgid "claim <bug> [<claim>]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1371
msgid "Record that you have claimed a bug (e.g. for a bug squashing party)."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1373 ../scripts/bts.pl:1392
msgid ""
"If no claim is specified, the environment variable DEBEMAIL or EMAIL "
"(checked in that order) is used."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1388
msgid "unclaim <bug> [<claim>]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1390
msgid "Remove the record that you have claimed a bug."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1407
msgid "severity <bug> <severity>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1409
msgid ""
"Change the severity of a bug. Available severities are: wishlist, minor, "
"normal, important, serious, grave, critical. The severity may be abbreviated "
"to any unique substring."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1426
msgid "forwarded <bug> <address>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1428
msgid ""
"Mark the bug as forwarded to the given address (usually an email address or "
"a URL for an upstream bug tracker)."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1445
msgid "notforwarded <bug>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1447
msgid "Mark a bug as not forwarded."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1457
msgid "package [ <package> ... ]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1459
msgid ""
"The following commands will only apply to bugs against the listed packages; "
"this acts as a safety mechanism for the BTS.  If no packages are listed, "
"this check is turned off again."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1470
msgid "owner <bug> <owner-email>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1472
msgid ""
"Change the \"owner\" address of a bug, with `!' meaning `use the address on "
"the current email as the new owner address'."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1475
msgid ""
"The owner of a bug accepts responsibility for dealing with it. Note that the "
"\"owner\" of a bug does not automatically receive all of the email "
"corresponding to it; use \"subscribe\" to achieve that."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1488
msgid "noowner <bug>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1490
msgid "Mark a bug as having no \"owner\"."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1500
msgid "subscribe <bug> <email>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1502
msgid ""
"Subscribe the given email address to the specified bug report.  If no email "
"address is specified, the environment variable DEBEMAIL or EMAIL (in that "
"order) is used.  If those are not set, or `!' is given as email address, "
"your default address will be used."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1507
msgid ""
"After executing this command, you will be sent a subscription confirmation "
"to which you have to reply.  When subscribed to a bug report, you receive "
"all relevant emails and notifications.  Use the unsubscribe command to "
"unsubscribe."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1526
msgid "unsubscribe <bug> <email>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1528
msgid ""
"Unsubscribe the given email address from the specified bug report.  As with "
"subscribe above, if no email address is specified, the environment variables "
"DEBEMAIL or EMAIL (in that order) is used.  If those are not set, or `!' is "
"given as email address, your default address will be used."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1533
msgid ""
"After executing this command, you will be sent an unsubscription "
"confirmation to which you have to reply. Use the subscribe command to, well, "
"subscribe."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1551
msgid "reportspam <bug> ..."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1553
msgid ""
"The reportspam command allows you to report a bug report as containing "
"spam.  It saves one from having to go to the bug web page to do so."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1582
msgid "spamreport <bug> ..."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1584
msgid "spamreport is a synonym for reportspam."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1592
msgid "cache [options] [<maint email> | <pkg> | src:<pkg> | from:<submitter>]"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1594
msgid "cache [options] [release-critical | release-critical/... | RC]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1596
msgid ""
"Generate or update a cache of bug reports for the given email address or "
"package. By default it downloads all bugs belonging to the email address in "
"the DEBEMAIL environment variable (or the EMAIL environment variable if "
"DEBEMAIL is unset). This command may be repeated to cache bugs belonging to "
"several people or packages. If multiple packages or addresses are supplied, "
"bugs belonging to any of the arguments will be cached; those belonging to "
"more than one of the arguments will only be downloaded once. The cached bugs "
"are stored in ~/.devscripts_cache/bts/"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1605
msgid "You can use the cached bugs with the -o switch. For example:"
msgstr ""

# type: verbatim
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1607
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  bts -o bugs\n"
"  bts -o show 12345\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1610
msgid ""
"Also, bts will update the files in it in a piecemeal fashion as it downloads "
"information from the BTS using the 'show' command. You might thus set up the "
"cache, and update the whole thing once a week, while letting the automatic "
"cache updates update the bugs you frequently refer to during the week."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1616
msgid ""
"Some options affect the behaviour of the cache command.  The first is the "
"setting of --cache-mode, which controls how much B<bts> downloads of the "
"referenced links from the bug page, including boring bits such as the "
"acknowledgement emails, emails to the control bot, and the mbox version of "
"the bug report.  It can take three values: min (the minimum), mbox (download "
"the minimum plus the mbox version of the bug report) or full (the whole "
"works).  The second is --force-refresh or -f, which forces the download, "
"even if the cached bug report is up-to-date.  The --include-resolved option "
"indicates whether bug reports marked as resolved should be downloaded during "
"caching."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1627
msgid ""
"Each of these is configurable from the configuration file, as described "
"below.  They may also be specified after the \"cache\" command as well as at "
"the start of the command line."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1631
msgid ""
"Finally, -q or --quiet will suppress messages about caches being up-to-date, "
"and giving the option twice will suppress all cache messages (except for "
"error messages)."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1635
msgid ""
"Beware of caching RC, though: it will take a LONG time! (With 1000+ RC bugs "
"and a delay of 5 seconds between bugs, you're looking at a minimum of 1.5 "
"hours, and probably significantly more than that.)"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1764
msgid "cleancache <package> | src:<package> | <maintainer>"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1766
msgid "cleancache from:<submitter> | tag:<tag> | usertag:<tag> | <number> | ALL"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1768
msgid ""
"Clean the cache for the specified package, maintainer, etc., as described "
"above for the \"bugs\" command, or clean the entire cache if \"ALL\" is "
"specified. This is useful if you are going to have permanent network access "
"or if the database has become corrupted for some reason.  Note that for "
"safety, this command does not default to the value of DEBEMAIL or EMAIL."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1817
msgid "version"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1819
msgid "Display version and copyright information."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1834
msgid "help"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:1836
msgid ""
"Display a short summary of commands, suspiciously similar to parts of this "
"man page."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3374 ../scripts/debuild.1:86 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:32 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3378
msgid "DEBEMAIL"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3380
msgid ""
"If this is set, the From: line in the email will be set to use this email "
"address instead of your normal email address (as would be determined by "
"B<mail>)."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3384
msgid "DEBFULLNAME"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3386
msgid ""
"If DEBEMAIL is set, DEBFULLNAME is examined to determine the full name to "
"use; if this is not set, B<bts> attempts to determine a name from your "
"passwd entry."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3390
msgid "BROWSER"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3392
msgid ""
"If set, it specifies the browser to use for the 'show' and 'bugs' options.  "
"See the description above."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3397 ../scripts/debc.1:92 ../scripts/debchange.1:341 ../scripts/debclean.1:90 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:97 ../scripts/debdiff.1:142 ../scripts/debi.1:93 ../scripts/debrelease.1:105 ../scripts/debrsign.1:57 ../scripts/debsign.1:99 ../scripts/debuild.1:288 ../scripts/dget.pl:586 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:102 ../scripts/dscverify.1:38 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:27 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:83 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:128 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:69 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:106 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:37 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:259 ../scripts/uscan.1:443 ../scripts/uupdate.1:86 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONFIGURATION VARIABLES"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3399 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:99 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:85 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:130
msgid ""
"The two configuration files F</etc/devscripts.conf> and F<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables.  Command "
"line options can be used to override configuration file settings.  "
"Environment variable settings are ignored for this purpose.  The currently "
"recognised variables are:"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3407
msgid "BTS_OFFLINE"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3409
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the --offline command line "
"parameter being used.  Only has an effect on the show and bugs commands.  "
"The default is I<no>.  See the description of the show command above for "
"more information."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3414
msgid "BTS_CACHE"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3416
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the --no-cache command line "
"parameter being used.  Only has an effect on the show and bug commands.  The "
"default is I<yes>.  Again, see the show command above for more information."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3421
msgid "BTS_CACHE_MODE={min,mbox,full}"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3423
msgid ""
"How much of the BTS should we mirror when we are asked to cache something? "
"Just the minimum, or also the mbox or the whole thing? The default is "
"I<min>, and it has the same meaning as the --cache-mode command line "
"parameter.  Only has an effect on the cache.  See the cache command for more "
"information."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3429
msgid "BTS_FORCE_REFRESH"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3431
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the --force-refresh command "
"line parameter being used.  Only has an effect on the cache command.  The "
"default is I<no>.  See the cache command for more information."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3436
msgid "BTS_MAIL_READER"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3438
msgid ""
"If this is set, specifies a mail reader to use instead of mutt.  Same as the "
"--mailreader command line option."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3441 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:138
msgid "BTS_SENDMAIL_COMMAND"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3443 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:140 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:92
msgid ""
"If this is set, specifies a sendmail command to use instead of "
"/usr/sbin/sendmail.  Same as the --sendmail command line option."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3446
msgid "BTS_ONLY_NEW"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3451
msgid "BTS_SMTP_HOST"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3453
msgid ""
"If this is set, specifies an SMTP host to use for sending mail rather than "
"using the sendmail command.  Same as the --smtp-host command line option."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3457
msgid ""
"Note that this option takes priority over BTS_SENDMAIL_COMMAND if both are "
"set, unless the --sendmail option is used."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3460
msgid "BTS_SMTP_AUTH_USERNAME, BTS_SMTP_AUTH_PASSWORD"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3462
msgid ""
"If these options are set, then it is the same as the --smtp-username and "
"--smtp-password options being used."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3465
msgid "BTS_INCLUDE_RESOLVED"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3467
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the --no-include-resolved "
"command line parameter being used.  Only has an effect on the cache "
"command.  The default is I<yes>.  See the cache command for more "
"information."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3472
msgid "BTS_SUPPRESS_ACKS"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3474
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the --no-acks command line "
"parameter being used.  The default is I<no>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3477
msgid "BTS_INTERACTIVE"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3479
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes> or I<force>, then it is the same as the "
"--interactive or --force-interactive command line parameter being used.  The "
"default is I<no>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3483
msgid "BTS_DEFAULT_CC"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3485
msgid ""
"Specify a list of e-mail addresses to which a carbon copy of the generated "
"e-mail to the control bot should automatically be sent."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3490 ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:60 ../scripts/cowpoke.1:145 ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:58 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:62 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:64 ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:53 ../scripts/dcmd.1:37 ../scripts/debc.1:115 ../scripts/debchange.1:410 ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:105 ../scripts/debclean.1:107 ../scripts/debcommit.pl:718 ../scripts/debdiff.1:180 ../scripts/debi.1:116 ../scripts/debrelease.1:132 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:247 ../scripts/debrsign.1:66 ../scripts/debsign.1:118 ../scripts/debuild.1:408 ../scripts/dget.pl:630 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:37 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:118 ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:30 ../scripts/dscverify.1:49 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:37 ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:19 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:92 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:124 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:46 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:81 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:291 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:150 ../scripts/uscan.1:521 ../scripts/uupdate.1:160 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:29 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:23 ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3492
msgid ""
"Please see L<http://www.debian.org/Bugs/server-control> for more details on "
"how to control the BTS using emails and L<http://www.debian.org/Bugs/> for "
"more information about the BTS."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3496
msgid "reportbug(1), querybts(1)"
msgstr ""

# type: =head1
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3498 ../scripts/chdist.pl:92 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:505 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:439
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3500
msgid ""
"This program is Copyright (C) 2001-2003 by Joey Hess <joeyh@debian.org>.  "
"Many modifications have been made, Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Julian Gilbey "
"<jdg@debian.org> and Copyright (C) 2007 Josh Triplett "
"<josh@freedesktop.org>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/bts.pl:3505 ../scripts/chdist.pl:97 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:509
msgid ""
"It is licensed under the terms of the GPL, either version 2 of the License, "
"or (at your option) any later version."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:20
msgid ""
"build-rdeps - find packages that depend on a specific package to build "
"(reverse build depends)"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:24
msgid "B<build-rdeps> I<package>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:28
msgid ""
"B<build-rdeps> searches for all packages that build-depend on the specified "
"package."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:34
msgid "B<-u> B<--update>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:36
msgid "Run apt-get update before searching for build-depends."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:38
msgid "B<-s> B<--sudo>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:40
msgid "Use sudo when running apt-get update. Has no effect if -u is ommitted."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:42
msgid "B<-m> B<--print-maintainer>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:44
msgid "Print the value of the maintainer field for each package."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:46
msgid "B<-d> B<--debug>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:48
msgid "Run the debug mode"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:50 ../scripts/debclean.1:84 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:21 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:63 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:92 ../scripts/uscan.1:437
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:52
msgid "Show the usage information."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:54 ../scripts/debchange.1:338 ../scripts/debclean.1:87 ../scripts/debrelease.1:102 ../scripts/debsign.1:96 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:21 ../scripts/dscverify.1:35 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:24 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:66 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:95 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:26 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:246 ../scripts/uscan.1:440 ../scripts/uupdate.1:83 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:56
msgid "Show the version information."
msgstr ""

# type: =head1
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:243 ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:43 ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:107 ../scripts/svnpath.pl:93 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:72
msgid "LICENSE"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:245
msgid ""
"This code is copyright by Patrick Schoenfeld <schoenfeld@in-medias-res.com>, "
"all rights reserved.  This program comes with ABSOLUTELEY NO WARRANTY.  You "
"are free to redistribute this code under the terms of the GNU General Public "
"License, version 2 or later."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/build-rdeps.pl:253
msgid "Patrick Schoenfeld <schoenfeld@in-medias-res.com>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:21
msgid "chdist - script to easily play with several distributions"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:25
msgid "B<chdist> [options] [command] [command parameters]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:29
msgid ""
"B<chdist> is a rewrite of what used to be known as 'MultiDistroTools' (or "
"mdt). Its use is to create 'APT trees' for several distributions, making it "
"easy to query the status of packages in other distribution without using "
"chroots, for instance."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:38
msgid "-h, --help"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:40 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:115
msgid "Provide a usage message."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:42
msgid "-d, --data-dir DIR"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:44
msgid "Choose data directory (default: $HOME/.chdist/)."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:46
msgid "-a, --arch ARCH"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:48
msgid "Choose architecture (default: `dpkg --print-architecture`)"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:50 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:236 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:117
msgid "--version"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:52 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:239 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:119 ../scripts/uscan.1:443
msgid "Display version information."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:60
msgid "create DIST : prepare a new tree named DIST"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:62
msgid "apt-get DIST (update|source|...) : run apt-get inside DIST"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:64
msgid "apt-cache DIST (show|showsrc|...) : run apt-cache inside DIST"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:66
msgid "apt-rdepends DIST [...] : run apt-rdepends inside DIST"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:68
msgid "src2bin DIST PKG : get binary packages for a source package in DIST"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:70
msgid "bin2src DIST PKG : get source package for a binary package in DIST"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:72
msgid ""
"compare-packages DIST1 DIST2 [DIST3, ...] : list versions of packages in "
"several DISTributions"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:74
msgid "compare-bin-packages DIST1 DIST2 [DIST3, ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:76
msgid ""
"compare-versions DIST1 DIST2 : same as compare-packages, but also run dpkg "
"--compare-versions and display where the package is newer."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:78
msgid "compare-bin-versions DIST1 DIST2"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:80
msgid "compare-src-bin-packages DIST : compare sources and binaries for DIST"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:82
msgid ""
"compare-src-bin-versions DIST : same as compare-src-bin-versions, but also "
"run dpkg --compare-versions and display where the package is newer"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:84
msgid "grep-dctrl-packages DIST [...] : run grep-dctrl on *_Packages inside DIST"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:86
msgid "grep-dctrl-sources DIST [...] : run grep-dctrl on *_Sources inside DIST"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:88
msgid "list : list available DISTs"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/chdist.pl:94
msgid ""
"This program is copyright 2007 by Lucas Nussbaum and Luk Claes. This program "
"comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "CHECKBASHISMS"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:4
msgid "checkbashisms - check for bashisms in /bin/sh scripts"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:6
msgid "B<checkbashisms> I<script> ..."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:8
msgid "B<checkbashisms --help|--version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:14
msgid ""
"B<checkbashisms>, based on one of the checks from the B<lintian> system, "
"performs basic checks on I</bin/sh> shell scripts for the possible presence "
"of bashisms.  It takes the names of the shell scripts on the command line, "
"and outputs warnings if possible bashisms are detected."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:19
msgid ""
"Note that the definition of a bashism in this context roughly equates to \"a "
"shell feature that is not required to be supported by POSIX\"; this means "
"that some issues flagged may be permitted under optional sections of POSIX, "
"such as XSI or User Portability."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:23
msgid ""
"In cases where POSIX and Debian Policy disagree, B<checkbashisms> by default "
"allows extensions permitted by Policy but may also provide options for "
"stricter checking."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:24 ../scripts/debchange.1:335 ../scripts/debdiff.1:130 ../scripts/debrelease.1:99 ../scripts/debsign.1:93 ../scripts/dscverify.1:32 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:23 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:21 ../scripts/uupdate.1:80 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:44 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:23 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:27 ../scripts/debdiff.1:133 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:46 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:24 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:26 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:20
msgid "Show a summary of options."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--newline>, B<-n>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:30
msgid "Check for \"echo -n\" usage (non POSIX but required by Debian Policy 10.4.)"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--posix>, B<-p>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:34
msgid ""
"Check for issues which are non POSIX but required to be supported by Debian "
"Policy 10.4 (implies -n)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force>, B<-f>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:39
msgid ""
"Force each script to be checked, even if it would normally not be (for "
"instance, it has a bash or non POSIX shell shebang or appears to be a shell "
"wrapper)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--extra>, B<-x>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:46
msgid ""
"Highlight lines which, whilst they do not contain bashisms, may be useful in "
"determining whether a particular issue is a false positive which may be "
"ignored.  For example, the use of \"$BASH_ENV\" may be preceeded by checking "
"whether \"$BASH\" is set."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:46 ../scripts/debdiff.1:133 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:17 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:24 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:26 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>, B<-v>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:49 ../scripts/debdiff.1:136 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:24 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:27 ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:20 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:50 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:27 ../scripts/whodepends.1:17 ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:29 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:23
msgid "Show version and copyright information."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:49 ../scripts/debdiff.1:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT VALUES"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:53
msgid ""
"The exit value will be 0 if no possible bashisms or other problems were "
"detected.  Otherwise it will be the sum of the following error values:"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:53 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:66 ../scripts/uscan.1:492 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "1"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:56
msgid "A possible bashism was detected."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "2"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:60
msgid ""
"A file was skipped for some reason, for example, because it was unreadable "
"or not found.  The warning message will give details."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:62
msgid "B<lintian>(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/checkbashisms.1:65
msgid ""
"B<checkbashisms> was originally written as a shell script by Yann Dirson "
"E<lt>dirson@debian.orgE<gt> and rewritten in Perl with many more features by "
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "COWPOKE"
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "April 28, 2008"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:20
msgid "cowpoke - Build a Debian source package in a remote cowbuilder instance"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:25
msgid ""
"B<cowpoke> I<packagename.dsc> [I< arch >[I< buildd-host >[I< buildd-username "
">] ] ]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:28
msgid ""
"Uploads a Debian source package to a cowbuilder host and builds it, "
"optionally also signing and uploading the result to an incoming queue."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:33
msgid ""
"When B<cowpoke> is run the following configuration options are read from "
"global, per-user, and per-project configuration files if present:"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<BUILDD_HOST>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:37
msgid ""
"The network address or fqdn of the build machine where cowbuilder is "
"configured.  This may be overridden by an explicit hostname specified as a "
"command line option."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<BUILDD_USER>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:42
msgid ""
"The unprivileged user name for operations on the build machine.  This "
"defaults to the local name of the user executing B<cowpoke>, and may also be "
"overridden by specifying the username on the command line."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<BUILDD_ARCH>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:48
msgid ""
"The Debian architecture string to build for.  This must match the "
"B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH> of the build chroot being used.  It defaults to the local "
"machine architecture where B<cowpoke> is executed, and may be overridden on "
"the command line."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<INCOMING_DIR>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:54
msgid ""
"The directory path on the build machine where the source package will "
"initially be placed.  An absolute path may be used, but it must be writable "
"by the B<BUILDD_USER>.  Relative paths are rooted at that user's home "
"directory."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<RESULT_DIR>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:63
msgid ""
"The directory path on the build machine where the resulting packages (source "
"and binary) will be found, and where older versions of the package that were "
"built previously may be found.  If any such older packages exist, debdiff "
"will be used to compare the new package with the previous version after the "
"build is complete, and the result will be included in the build log.  Files "
"in it must be readable by the B<BUILDD_USER> for sanity checking with "
"B<lintian> and B<debdiff>, and for upload with B<dput>.  This should always "
"be an absolute path."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<SIGN_KEYID>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:71
msgid ""
"If this option is set, it is expected to contain the gpg key id to pass to "
"B<debsign> if the packages are to be remotely signed.  You will be prompted "
"to confirm whether you wish to sign the packages after each build is "
"complete.  If this option is unset or an empty string, no attempt to sign "
"packages will be made."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<UPLOAD_QUEUE>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:78
msgid ""
"If this opton is set, it is expected to contain a 'host' specification for "
"B<dput> which will be used to upload them after they are signed.  You will "
"be prompted to confirm whether you wish to upload the packages after they "
"are signed.  If this option is unset or an empty string, no attempt to "
"upload packages will be made.  If B<SIGN_KEYID> is not set, this option will "
"be ignored entirely."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<BUILDD_ROOTCMD>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:89
msgid ""
"If this opton is unset (which is the default), cowpoke will attempt to log "
"in to the build machine as the root user initially, then drop those "
"privileges to assume the identity of the B<BUILDD_USER> for operations which "
"do not require them.  This is the recommended method when used in "
"conjunction with a secure key to grant root access to the machine.  If you "
"prefer to gain root access through some other method, then you should set "
"this option to contain the privilege escalation command that will be used to "
"execute the scripts which must run as root, and cowpoke will initially log "
"in as the B<BUILDD_USER>."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONFIGURATION FILES"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "I</etc/cowpoke.conf>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:95
msgid "Global configuration options.  Will override hardcoded defaults."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<~/.cowpoke>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:98
msgid "Per-user configuration options.  Will override any global configuration."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<.cowpoke>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:102
msgid ""
"Per-project configuration options.  Will override any per-user or global "
"configuration if B<cowpoke> is called from the directory where they exist."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:106
msgid ""
"If the environment variable B<COWPOKE_CONF> is set, it specifies an "
"addtional configuration file which will override all of those above.  "
"Options specified explicitly on the command line override all configuration "
"files."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "COWBUILDER CONFIGURATION"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:115
msgid ""
"There is nothing particularly special required to configure a cowbuilder "
"instance for use with B<cowpoke>.  Simply create them in the flavour you "
"require with `cowbuilder --create` according to the cowbuilder "
"documentation, then configure B<cowpoke> with the user, arch, and path "
"information required to access it, on the machines you wish to invoke it "
"from.  The build host running cowbuilder does not require B<cowpoke> "
"installed locally."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:121
msgid ""
"The build machine should have the lintian and devscripts packages installed "
"for post-build sanity checking.  Upon completion, the build log and the "
"results of automated checks will be recorded in the B<INCOMING_DIR>.  If you "
"wish to upload signed packages the build machine will also need B<dput> "
"installed and configured to use the 'host' alias specified by "
"B<UPLOAD_QUEUE>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:126
msgid ""
"The user executing B<cowpoke> must have ssh access to the build machine as "
"both 'root' and the B<BUILDD_USER>.  Signing keys are not required to be "
"installed on the build machine (and will be ignored there if they are).  If "
"the package is signed, keys will be expected on the machine that executes "
"B<cowpoke>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:133
msgid ""
"When B<cowpoke> is invoked, it will first attempt to update the cowbuilder "
"image if that has not already been done on the same day.  This is checked by "
"the presence or absence of a I<cowbuilder-update-log-$date> file in the "
"B<INCOMING_DIR>.  You may move, remove, or touch this file if you wish the "
"image to be updated more or less often than that.  Its contents log the "
"output of cowbuilder during the update."
msgstr ""

# type: =head1
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:135 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:279
#, no-wrap
msgid "NOTES"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:144
msgid ""
"Since cowbuilder creates a chroot, and to do that you need root, B<cowpoke> "
"also requires some degree of root access.  So all the horrible things that "
"can go wrong with that may well one day rain down upon you.  cowbuilder has "
"been known to accidentally wipe out bind-mounted filesystems outside the "
"chroot, and worse than that can easily happen.  So be careful, keep good "
"backups of things you don't want to lose on your build machine, and use "
"B<cowpoke> to keep all that on a machine that isn't your bleeding edge dev "
"box with your last few hours of uncommitted work."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:149
msgid "B<cowbuilder>(1), B<pbuilder>(1), B<ssh-agent>(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cowpoke.1:153
msgid "B<cowpoke> was written by Ron E<lt>ron@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:1 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "CVS-DEBC"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:4
msgid "cvs-debc - view contents of a cvs-buildpackage/cvs-debuild generated package"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:6
msgid "B<cvs-debc> [I<options>] [I<package> ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:17
msgid ""
"B<cvs-debc> is run from the CVS working directory after B<cvs-buildpackage> "
"or B<cvs-debuild>.  It uses the B<cvs-buildpackage> system to locate the "
"I<.changes> file generated in that run.  It then displays information about "
"the .deb files which were generated in that run, by running B<dpkg-deb -I> "
"and B<dpkg-deb -c> on every I<.deb> archive listed in the I<.changes> file, "
"assuming that all of the I<.deb> archives live in the same directory as the "
"I<.changes> file.  It is useful for ensuring that the expected files have "
"ended up in the Debian package."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:20
msgid ""
"If a list of packages is given on the command line, then only those debs "
"with names in this list of packages will be processed."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:24 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:23 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:21
msgid ""
"Note that unlike B<cvs-buildpackage>, the only way to specify the source "
"package name is with the B<-P> option; you cannot simply have it as the last "
"command-line parameter."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:28 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:32
msgid ""
"All current B<cvs-buildpackage> options are silently accepted; however, only "
"the ones listed below have any effect.  For more details on all of them, see "
"the B<cvs-buildpackage>(1) manpage."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:28 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:32 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:30 ../scripts/debc.1:65 ../scripts/debi.1:66 ../scripts/debrelease.1:67 ../scripts/debrsign.1:35 ../scripts/debsign.1:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>, B<-t>I<GNU-system-type>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:34 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:38 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:36 ../scripts/debc.1:71 ../scripts/debi.1:72 ../scripts/debrsign.1:41 ../scripts/debsign.1:83
msgid ""
"See B<dpkg-architecture>(1) for a description of these options.  They affect "
"the search for the I<.changes> file.  They are provided to mimic the "
"behaviour of B<dpkg-buildpackage> when determining the name of the "
"I<.changes> file."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:34 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:38 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-ME<lt>moduleE<gt>>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:37 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:41 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:39
msgid "The name of the CVS module."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:37 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:41 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-PE<lt>packageE<gt>>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:40 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:44 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:42
msgid "The name of the package."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:40 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:44 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-VE<lt>versionE<gt>>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:43 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:47 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:45
msgid "The version number of the package."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:43 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:47 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-TE<lt>tagE<gt>>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:46 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:50 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:48
msgid "The CVS tag to use for exporting sources."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:46 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:50 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-RE<lt>root\\ directoryE<gt>>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:49 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:53 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:51
msgid "Root of the original sources archive."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:49 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:53 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-WE<lt>work directoryE<gt>>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:52 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:56 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:54
msgid "The full path name for the cvs-buildpackage working directory."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:52 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:56 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-xE<lt>prefixE<gt>>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:55 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:59 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:57
msgid "This option provides the CVS default module prefix."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:55 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:59 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:61 ../scripts/debc.1:89 ../scripts/debi.1:90 ../scripts/debrsign.1:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>, B<--version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:58 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:62 ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:64 ../scripts/debc.1:92 ../scripts/debi.1:93 ../scripts/debrsign.1:53
msgid "Show help message and version information respectively."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:64
msgid "B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<cvs-debi>(1), B<cvs-debuild>(1)  and B<debc>(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debc.1:68 ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:72
msgid ""
"B<cvs-buildpackage> was written by Manoj Srivastava, and the current version "
"of B<debi> was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>.  They have "
"been combined into this program by Julian Gilbey."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "CVS-DEBI"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:4
msgid "cvs-debi - install cvs-buildpackage/cvs-debuild generated package"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:6
msgid "B<cvs-debi> [I<options>] [I<package> ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:16
msgid ""
"B<cvs-debi> is run from the CVS working directory after B<cvs-buildpackage> "
"or B<cvs-debuild>.  It uses the B<cvs-buildpackage> system to locate the "
"I<.changes> file generated in that run.  It then runs B<debpkg -i> on every "
"I<.deb> archive listed in the I<.changes> file to install them, assuming "
"that all of the I<.deb> archives live in the same directory as the "
"I<.changes> file.  Note that you probably don't want to run this program on "
"a I<.changes> file relating to a different architecture after "
"cross-compiling the package!"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:19 ../scripts/debi.1:24
msgid ""
"If a list of packages is given on the command line, then only those debs "
"with names in this list of packages will be installed."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:28 ../scripts/debi.1:29
msgid ""
"Since installing a package requires root privileges, B<debi> calls B<debpkg> "
"rather than B<dpkg> directly.  Thus B<debi> will only be useful if it is "
"either being run as root or B<debpkg> can be run as root.  See B<debpkg>(1) "
"for more details."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debi.1:68
msgid "B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<cvs-debc>(1)  B<cvs-debuild>(1)  and B<debi>(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:4
msgid "cvs-debrelease - upload a cvs-buildpackage/cvs-debuild generated package"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:7
msgid ""
"B<cvs-debrelease> [I<cvs-debrelease options>] [B<--dopts> [I<dupload/dput "
"options>]]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:17
msgid ""
"B<cvs-debrelease> is run from the CVS working directory after "
"B<cvs-buildpackage> or B<cvs-debuild>.  It uses the B<cvs-buildpackage> "
"system to locate the I<.changes> file generated in that run.  It then "
"uploads the package using B<debrelease>(1), which in turn calls either "
"B<dupload> or B<dput>.  Note that the B<--dopts> option must be specified to "
"distinguish the B<cvs-debrelease> options from the B<dupload> or B<dput> "
"options.  Also, the B<devscripts> configuration files will be read, as "
"described in the B<debrelease>(1) manpage."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:26
msgid ""
"All current B<cvs-buildpackage> options are silently accepted; however, only "
"the ones listed below have any effect.  For more details on all of them, see "
"the B<cvs-buildpackage>(1) manpage.  All B<debrelease> options (as listed "
"below) are also accepted."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:26 ../scripts/debrelease.1:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--dupload>, B<--dput>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:30 ../scripts/debrelease.1:61
msgid "This specifies which uploader program to use; the default is B<dupload>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:57 ../scripts/debc.1:85 ../scripts/debchange.1:326 ../scripts/debclean.1:77 ../scripts/debdiff.1:126 ../scripts/debi.1:86 ../scripts/debrelease.1:95 ../scripts/debsign.1:89 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:92 ../scripts/dscverify.1:24 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:14 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:59 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:250 ../scripts/uscan.1:433 ../scripts/uupdate.1:76 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-conf>, B<--noconf>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:69
msgid "B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<debrelease>(1)  and B<cvs-debuild>(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debrelease.1:73
msgid ""
"B<cvs-buildpackage> was written by Manoj Srivastava, and the current version "
"of B<debrelease> was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>.  "
"They have been combined into this program by Julian Gilbey."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "CVS-DEBUILD"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:4
msgid "cvs-debuild - build a Debian package using cvs-buildpackage and debuild"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:7
msgid ""
"B<cvs-debuild> [I<debuild options>] [I<cvs-buildpackage options>] "
"[B<--lintian-opts> I<lintian options>]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:13
msgid ""
"B<cvs-debuild> is a wrapper around B<cvs-buildpackage> to run it with "
"B<debuild> as the package-building program.  (This cannot simply be "
"accomplished using the B<-C> option of B<cvs-buildpackage>, as it does not "
"know how to handle all of the special B<debuild> options.)"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:22
msgid ""
"The program simply stashes the B<debuild> and B<lintian> options, and passes "
"them to B<debuild> when it is called by B<cvs-buildpackage>.  All of the "
"standard B<debuild> options may be used (as listed below), but note that the "
"root command specified by any B<--rootcmd> or B<-r> command-line option will "
"be passed as an option to B<cvs-buildpackage>.  The first non-B<debuild> "
"option detected will signal the start of the B<cvs-buildpackage> options."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:29
msgid ""
"The selection of the root command is slightly subtle: if there are any "
"command-line options, these will be used.  If not, then if "
"B<cvs-buildpackage> is set up to use a default root command, that will be "
"used.  Finally, if neither of these are the case, then B<debuild> will use "
"its procedures to determine an appropriate command, as described in its "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:32
msgid ""
"See the manpages for B<debuild>(1) and B<cvs-buildpackage> for more "
"information about the behaviour of each."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:38
msgid ""
"The following are the B<debuild> options recognised by B<cvs-debuild>.  All "
"B<cvs-buildpackage> and B<lintian> options are simply passed to the "
"appropriate program.  For explanations of the meanings of these variables, "
"see B<debuild>(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:38 ../scripts/debuild.1:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-conf, --noconf>"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:40 ../scripts/debuild.1:223
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--rootcmd=>I<gain-root-command, >B<-r>I<gain-root-command>"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:42 ../scripts/debuild.1:226
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--preserve-env>"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:44 ../scripts/debuild.1:229
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--preserve-envvar=>I<var, >B<-e>I<var>"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:46 ../scripts/debuild.1:236
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--set-envvar=>I<var>B<=>I<value, >B<-e>I<var>B<=>I<value>"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--lintian, --no-lintian>"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-dirname>, B<--check-dirname>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:53
msgid "These should not be needed, but it is provided nevertheless."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:59
msgid ""
"B<cvs-buildpackage>(1), B<debuild>(1), B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1)  and "
"B<lintian>(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/cvs-debuild.1:60
msgid "This program was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/dcmd.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DCMD"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dcmd.1:4
msgid "dcmd - expand file lists of .dsc/.changes files in the command line"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dcmd.1:6
msgid "B<dcmd> [I<command>] [I<changes-file>|I<dsc-file>] [I<...>]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dcmd.1:11
msgid ""
"B<dcmd> replaces any reference to a .dsc or .changes file in the command "
"line with the list of files in its 'Files' section, plus the file itself.  "
"It allows easy manipulation of all the files involved in an upload (for "
"changes files) or a source package (for dsc files)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dcmd.1:15
msgid ""
"If I<command> is omitted (that is the first argument is an existing .dsc or "
".changes file), the expanded list of files is printed to stdout, one file by "
"line. Useful for usage in backticks."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/dcmd.1:15 ../scripts/debuild.1:365 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:24 ../scripts/rc-alert.1:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dcmd.1:17
msgid "Copy the result of a build to another machine:"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dcmd.1:25
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ dcmd scp rcs_5.7-23_amd64.changes elegiac:/tmp\n"
"rcs_5.7-23.dsc                  100%  490     0.5KB/s   00:00\n"
"rcs_5.7-23.diff.gz              100%   12KB  11.7KB/s   00:00\n"
"rcs_5.7-23_amd64.deb            100%  363KB 362.7KB/s   00:00\n"
"rcs_5.7-23_amd64.changes        100% 1095     1.1KB/s   00:00\n"
"$\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dcmd.1:28
msgid "Check the contents of a source package:"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dcmd.1:35
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ dcmd md5sum rcs_5.7-23.dsc \n"
"8fd09ea9654cda128f8d5c337d3b8de7  rcs_5.7.orig.tar.gz\n"
"f0ceeae96603e823eacba6721a30b5c7  rcs_5.7-23.diff.gz\n"
"5241db1e231b1f43ae5514b63d2523f8  rcs_5.7-23.dsc\n"
"$\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dcmd.1:40
msgid "B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dcmd.1:42
msgid ""
"This program was written by Romain Francoise E<lt>rfrancoise@debian.orgE<gt> "
"and is released under the GPL, version 2 or later."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "DD-LIST"
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "2005-06-28"
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "Debian"
msgstr ""

#.  --------------------------------------------------------------------
# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:22
msgid "dd-list - nicely list .deb packages and their maintainers"
msgstr ""

#.  --------------------------------------------------------------------
# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:26
msgid ""
"B<dd-list> [B<-hiuV>] [B<--help>] [B<--stdin>] [B<--dctrl>] [B<--version>] "
"[B<--uploaders>] [B<package>...]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:30
msgid ""
"B<dd-list> produces nicely formatted lists of Debian (.deb) packages and "
"their maintainers."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:37
msgid ""
"Input is a list of source or binary package names on the command line (or "
"the standard input if B<--stdin> is given).  Output is a list of the "
"following format, where package names are source packages by default:"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "J. Random Developer E<lt>jrandom@debian.orgE<gt>\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:44
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"j-random-package\n"
"j-random-other\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "Diana Hacker E<lt>diana@example.orgE<gt>\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:50
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"fun-package\n"
"more-fun-package\n"
msgstr ""

#.  --------------------------------------------------------------------
# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:58
msgid ""
"This is useful when you want, for example, to produce a list of packages "
"that need to attention from their maintainers, e.g., to be rebuilt when a "
"library version transition happens."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-h>,B<--help>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:62
msgid "Print brief help message."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-i>,B<--stdin>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:66
msgid ""
"Read package names from the standard input, instead of taking them from the "
"command line. Package names are whitespace delimited."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>,B<--dctrl>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:73
msgid ""
"Read package information from standard input in the format of a Debian "
"package control file. This includes the status file, or output of "
"apt-cache. This is the fastest way to use dd-list, as it uses the maintainer "
"information from the input instead of looking up the maintainer of each "
"listed package."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:76
msgid ""
"If no I<Source:> line is given, the I<Package:> name is used for output, "
"which might be a binary package name."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u>,B<--uploaders>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:81
msgid ""
"Also list developers who are named as uploaders of packages, not only the "
"maintainers; this is the default behaviour, use --nouploaders to prevent "
"it. Uploaders are indicated with \"(U)\" appended to the package name."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-nou>,B<--nouploaders>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:84
msgid "Only list package Maintainers, do not list Uploaders."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>,B<--print-binary>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:89
msgid ""
"Use binary package names in the output instead of source package names (has "
"no effect with B<--dctrl> if the I<Package:> line contains source package "
"names)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>,B<--version>"
msgstr ""

#.  --------------------------------------------------------------------
# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:93
msgid "Print the version."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:95
msgid "Lars Wirzenius E<lt>liw@iki.fiE<gt>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dd-list.1:96
msgid "Joey Hess E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>"
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/debc.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBC"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:4
msgid "debc - view contents of a generated Debian package"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:6
msgid "B<debc> [I<options>] [I<changes file>] [I<package> ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:25
msgid ""
"B<debc> figures out the current version of a package and displays "
"information about the .deb and .udeb files which have been generated in the "
"current build process.  If a I<.changes> file is specified on the command "
"line, the filename must end with I<.changes>, as this is how the program "
"distinguishes it from package names.  If not, then B<debc> has to be called "
"from within the source code directory tree.  In this case, it will look for "
"the I<.changes> file corresponding to the current package version (by "
"determining the name and version number from the changelog, and the "
"architecture in the same way as B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) does).  It then runs "
"B<dpkg-deb -I> and B<dpkg-deb -c> on every I<.deb> and I<.udeb> archive "
"listed in the I<.changes> file to display information about the contents of "
"the I<.deb> / I<.udeb> files.  It precedes every I<.deb> or I<.udeb> file "
"with the name of the file.  It assumes that all of the I<.deb> / I<.udeb> "
"archives live in the same directory as the I<.changes> file.  It is useful "
"for ensuring that the expected files have ended up in the Debian package."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:28
msgid ""
"If a list of packages is given on the command line, then only those debs or "
"udebs with names in this list of packages will be processed."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/debc.1:28 ../scripts/debchange.1:106 ../scripts/debclean.1:24 ../scripts/debi.1:29 ../scripts/debrelease.1:20 ../scripts/debuild.1:49 ../scripts/uscan.1:277
#, no-wrap
msgid "Directory name checking"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:39
msgid ""
"In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, B<debc> "
"will climb the directory tree until it finds a I<debian/changelog> file.  As "
"a safeguard against stray files causing potential problems, it will examine "
"the name of the parent directory once it finds the I<debian/changelog> file, "
"and check that the directory name corresponds to the package name.  "
"Precisely how it does this is controlled by two configuration file variables "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their "
"corresponding command-line options B<--check-dirname-level> and "
"B<--check-dirname-regex>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:41 ../scripts/debchange.1:119 ../scripts/debclean.1:37 ../scripts/debi.1:42 ../scripts/debrelease.1:33 ../scripts/debuild.1:63 ../scripts/uscan.1:294
msgid "DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL can take the following values:"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debc.1:41 ../scripts/debchange.1:119 ../scripts/debclean.1:37 ../scripts/debi.1:42 ../scripts/debrelease.1:33 ../scripts/debuild.1:63 ../scripts/uscan.1:294
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<0>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:44 ../scripts/debchange.1:122 ../scripts/debclean.1:40 ../scripts/debi.1:45 ../scripts/debrelease.1:36 ../scripts/debuild.1:66 ../scripts/uscan.1:297
msgid "Never check the directory name."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debc.1:44 ../scripts/debchange.1:122 ../scripts/debclean.1:40 ../scripts/debi.1:45 ../scripts/debrelease.1:36 ../scripts/debuild.1:66 ../scripts/uscan.1:297
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<1>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:48 ../scripts/debchange.1:126 ../scripts/debclean.1:44 ../scripts/debi.1:49 ../scripts/debrelease.1:40 ../scripts/debuild.1:70
msgid ""
"Only check the directory name if we have had to change directory in our "
"search for I<debian/changelog>.  This is the default behaviour."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debc.1:48 ../scripts/debchange.1:126 ../scripts/debclean.1:44 ../scripts/debi.1:49 ../scripts/debrelease.1:40 ../scripts/debuild.1:70 ../scripts/uscan.1:303
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<2>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:51 ../scripts/debchange.1:129 ../scripts/debclean.1:47 ../scripts/debi.1:52 ../scripts/debrelease.1:43 ../scripts/debuild.1:73 ../scripts/uscan.1:306
msgid "Always check the directory name."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:64 ../scripts/debchange.1:142 ../scripts/debclean.1:60 ../scripts/debi.1:65 ../scripts/debrelease.1:56 ../scripts/debuild.1:86 ../scripts/uscan.1:319
msgid ""
"The directory name is checked by testing whether the current directory name "
"(as determined by B<pwd>(1)) matches the regex given by the configuration "
"file option DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX or by the command line option "
"B<--check-dirname-regex> I<regex>.  Here I<regex> is a Perl regex (see "
"B<perlre>(3perl)), which will be anchored at the beginning and the end.  If "
"I<regex> contains a '/', then it must match the full directory path.  If "
"not, then it must match the full directory name.  If I<regex> contains the "
"string \\'PACKAGE', this will be replaced by the source package name, as "
"determined from the changelog.  The default value for the regex is: "
"\\'PACKAGE(-.*)?', thus matching directory names such as PACKAGE and "
"PACKAGE-version."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debc.1:71 ../scripts/debi.1:72 ../scripts/debrelease.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debs-dir> I<DIR>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:77
msgid ""
"Look for the I<.changes>, I<.deb> and I<.udeb> files in directory I<DIR> "
"instead of the parent of the source directory.  This should either be an "
"absolute path or relative to the top of the source directory."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debc.1:77 ../scripts/debchange.1:318 ../scripts/debclean.1:69 ../scripts/debi.1:78 ../scripts/debrelease.1:87 ../scripts/debuild.1:274 ../scripts/uscan.1:422
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--check-dirname-level> I<N>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:81 ../scripts/debc.1:85 ../scripts/debchange.1:322 ../scripts/debchange.1:326 ../scripts/debclean.1:73 ../scripts/debclean.1:77 ../scripts/debi.1:82 ../scripts/debi.1:86 ../scripts/debrelease.1:91 ../scripts/debrelease.1:95 ../scripts/debuild.1:278 ../scripts/debuild.1:282 ../scripts/uscan.1:426 ../scripts/uscan.1:430
msgid ""
"See the above section \"Directory name checking\" for an explanation of this "
"option."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debc.1:81 ../scripts/debchange.1:322 ../scripts/debclean.1:73 ../scripts/debi.1:82 ../scripts/debrelease.1:91 ../scripts/debuild.1:278 ../scripts/uscan.1:426
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--check-dirname-regex> I<regex>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:98 ../scripts/debchange.1:347 ../scripts/debclean.1:96 ../scripts/debi.1:99 ../scripts/debrelease.1:111 ../scripts/debrsign.1:63 ../scripts/debsign.1:105 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:75 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:43 ../scripts/uupdate.1:92 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:56
msgid ""
"The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced in that order to set configuration variables.  Command line options "
"can be used to override configuration file settings.  Environment variable "
"settings are ignored for this purpose.  The currently recognised variables "
"are:"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debc.1:98 ../scripts/debi.1:99 ../scripts/debrelease.1:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBRELEASE_DEBS_DIR>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:108
msgid ""
"This specifies the directory in which to look for the I<.changes>, I<.deb> "
"and I<.udeb> files, and is either an absolute path or relative to the top of "
"the source tree.  This corresponds to the B<--debs-dir> command line "
"option.  This directive could be used, for example, if you always use "
"B<pbuilder> or B<svn-buildpackage> to build your packages.  Note that it "
"also affects B<debrelease>(1) in the same way, hence the strange name of the "
"option."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debc.1:108 ../scripts/debchange.1:355 ../scripts/debclean.1:100 ../scripts/debi.1:109 ../scripts/debrelease.1:125 ../scripts/debuild.1:358 ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL>, B<DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:115 ../scripts/debchange.1:362 ../scripts/debclean.1:107 ../scripts/debi.1:116 ../scripts/debrelease.1:132 ../scripts/debuild.1:365
msgid ""
"See the above section \"Directory name checking\" for an explanation of "
"these variables.  Note that these are package-wide configuration variables, "
"and will therefore affect all B<devscripts> scripts which check their value, "
"as described in their respective manpages and in B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:120
msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<debdiff>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debc.1:122
msgid ""
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>, based on an original script by "
"Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBCHANGE"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:4
msgid ""
"debchange - Tool for maintenance of the debian/changelog file in a source "
"package"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:6
msgid "B<debchange> [I<options>] [I<text> ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:8
msgid "B<dch> [I<options>] [I<text> ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:29
msgid ""
"B<debchange> or its alias B<dch> will add a new comment line to the Debian "
"changelog in the current source tree.  This command must be run from within "
"that tree.  If the text of the change is given on the command line, "
"B<debchange> will run in batch mode and simply add the text, with line "
"breaks as necessary, at the appropriate place in I<debian/changelog> (or the "
"changelog specified by options, as described below).  If no text is "
"specified then B<debchange> will run the editor as determined by "
"B<sensible-editor> for you to edit the file.  (The environment variables "
"B<VISUAL> and B<EDITOR> are used in this order to determine which editor to "
"use.)  Editors which understand the I<+n> option for starting the editing on "
"a specified line will use this to move to the correct line of the file for "
"editing.  If the editor is quit without modifying the temporary file, "
"B<debchange> will exit without touching the existing changelog.  B<Note that "
"the changelog is assumed to be encoded with the UTF-8 encoding.  If it is "
"not, problems may occur.> Please see the B<iconv>(1) manpage to find out how "
"to convert changelogs from legacy encodings.  Finally, a changelog or NEWS "
"file can be created from scratch using the B<--create> option described "
"below."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:42
msgid ""
"B<debchange> also supports automatically producing bug-closing changelog "
"entries, using the B<--closes> option.  This will usually query the BTS, the "
"Debian Bug Tracking System (see http://bugs.debian.org/) to determine the "
"title of the bug and the package in which it occurs.  This behaviour can be "
"stopped by giving a B<--noquery> option or by setting the configuration "
"variable B<DEBCHANGE_QUERY_BTS> to I<no>, as described below.  In either "
"case, the editor (as described above) will always be invoked to give an "
"opportunity to modify the entries, and the changelog will be accepted "
"whether or not modifications are made.  An extra changelog entry can be "
"given on the command line in addition to the closes entries."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:49
msgid ""
"At most one of B<--append>, B<--increment>, B<--edit>, B<--release>, and "
"B<--newversion> may be specified as listed below. If no options are "
"specified, B<debchange> will use heuristics to guess whether or not the "
"package has been successfully released, and behave as if B<--increment> had "
"been specified if the package has been released, or otherwise as if "
"B<--append> has been specified."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:65
msgid ""
"Two different sets of heuristics can be used, as controlled by the "
"B<--release-heuristic> option or the B<DEBCHANGE_RELEASE_HEURISTIC> "
"configuration variable. The default I<log> heuristic determines if a package "
"has been released by looking for an appropriate B<dupload>(1) or B<dput>(1) "
"log file in the parent directory. A warning will be issued if the log file "
"is found but a successful upload is not recorded. This may be because the "
"previous upload was performed with a version of B<dupload> prior to 2.1 or "
"because the upload failed. The alternate I<changelog> heuristic assumes the "
"package has been released unless its changelog contains I<UNRELEASED> in the "
"distribution field. If this heuristic is enabled then the distribution will "
"default to I<UNRELEASED> in new changelog entries, and the B<--mainttrailer> "
"option described below will be automatically enabled. This can be useful if "
"a package can be released by different maintainers, or if you do not keep "
"the upload logs."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:83
msgid ""
"If either B<--increment> or B<--newversion> is used, the name and email for "
"the new version will be determined as follows.  If the environment variable "
"B<DEBFULLNAME> is set, this will be used for the maintainer full name; if "
"not, then B<NAME> will be checked.  If the environment variable B<DEBEMAIL> "
"is set, this will be used for the email address.  If this variable has the "
"form \"name E<lt>emailE<gt>\", then the maintainer name will also be taken "
"from here if neither B<DEBFULLNAME> nor B<NAME> is set.  If this variable is "
"not set, the same test is performed on the environment variable B<EMAIL>.  "
"Next, if the full name has still not been determined, then use "
"B<getpwuid>(3) to determine the name from the password file.  If this fails, "
"use the previous changelog entry.  For the email address, if it has not been "
"set from B<DEBEMAIL> or B<EMAIL>, then look in I</etc/mailname>, then "
"attempt to build it from the username and FQDN, otherwise use the email "
"address in the previous changelog entry.  In other words, it's a good idea "
"to set B<DEBEMAIL> and B<DEBFULLNAME> when using this script."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:96
msgid ""
"Support is included for changelogs that record changes by multiple "
"co-maintainers of a package. If an entry is appended to the current "
"version's entries, and the maintainer is different from the maintainer who "
"is listed as having done the previous entries, then lines will be added to "
"the changelog to tell which maintainers made which changes. Currently only "
"one of the several such styles of recording this information is supported, "
"in which the name of the maintainer who made a set of changes appears on a "
"line before the changes, inside square brackets. This can be switched on and "
"off using the B<--[no]multimaint> option or the B<DEBCHANGE_MULTIMAINT> "
"configuration file option; the default is to enable it.  Note that if an "
"entry has already been marked in this way, then this option will be silently "
"ignored."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:102
msgid ""
"If the directory name of the source tree has the form I<package>-I<version>, "
"then B<debchange> will also attempt to rename it if the (upstream) version "
"number changes.  This can be prevented by using the B<--preserve> command "
"line or configuration file option as described below."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:106
msgid ""
"If B<--force-bad-version> or B<--allow-lower-version> is used, B<debchange> "
"will not stop if the new version is less than the current one.  This is "
"especially useful while doing backports."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:117
msgid ""
"In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, "
"B<debchange> will climb the directory tree until it finds a "
"I<debian/changelog> file.  As a safeguard against stray files causing "
"potential problems, it will examine the name of the parent directory once it "
"finds the I<debian/changelog> file, and check that the directory name "
"corresponds to the package name.  Precisely how it does this is controlled "
"by two configuration file variables DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their corresponding command-line options "
"B<--check-dirname-level> and B<--check-dirname-regex>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:146
msgid ""
"The default changelog to be edited is I<debian/changelog>; however, this can "
"be changed using the B<--changelog> or B<--news> options or the CHANGELOG "
"environment variable, as described below."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:147
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--append>, B<-a>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:150
msgid "Add a new changelog entry at the end of the current version's entries."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:150
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--increment>, B<-i>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:157
msgid ""
"Increment either the final component of the Debian release number or, if "
"this is a native Debian package, the version number.  This creates a new "
"section at the beginning of the changelog with appropriate headers and "
"footers.  Also, if this is a new version of a native Debian package, the "
"directory name is changed to reflect this."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:157
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--newversion >I<version>, B<-v >I<version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:163
msgid ""
"This specifies the version number (including the Debian release part)  "
"explicitly and behaves as the B<--increment> option in other respects.  It "
"will also change the directory name if the upstream version number has "
"changed."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:163
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--edit>, B<-e>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:166
msgid "Edit the changelog in an editor."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--release>, B<-r>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:174
msgid ""
"Finalize the changelog for a release.  Update the changelog timestamp. If "
"the distribution is set to I<UNRELEASED>, change it to the distribution from "
"the previous changelog entry (or another distribution as specified by "
"B<--distribution>).  If there are no previous changelog entries and an "
"explicit distribution has not been specified, I<unstable> will be used."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--create>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:186
msgid ""
"This will create a new I<debian/changelog> file (or I<NEWS> if the B<--news> "
"option is used).  You must be in the top-level directory to use this; no "
"directory name checking will be performed.  The package name and version can "
"either be specified using the B<--package> and B<--newversion> options, "
"determined from the directory name using the B<--fromdirname> option or "
"entered manually into the generated changelog file.  The maintainer name is "
"determined from the environment if this is possible, and the distribution is "
"specified either using the B<--distribution> option or in the generated "
"changelog file."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:186
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--empty>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:193
msgid ""
"When used in combination with B<--create>, suppress the automatic addition "
"of an \"initial release\" changelog entry (so that the next invocation of "
"B<debchange> adds the first entry).  Note that this will cause a "
"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> warning on the next invocation due to the lack of "
"changes."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:193 ../scripts/uscan.1:388
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--package> I<package>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:197
msgid ""
"This specifies the package name to be used in the new changelog; this may "
"only be used in conjunction with the B<--create> option."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:197
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nmu>, B<-n>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:206
msgid ""
"Increment the Debian release number for a non-maintainer upload by either "
"appending a \".1\" to a non-NMU version number (unless the package is Debian "
"native, in which case \"+nmu1\" is appended) or by incrementing an NMU "
"version number, and add an NMU changelog comment.  This happens "
"automatically if the packager is neither in the Maintainer nor the Uploaders "
"field in I<debian/control>, unless B<DEBCHANGE_AUTO_NMU> is set to I<no> or "
"the B<--no-auto-nmu> option is used."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:206
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--bin-nmu>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:211
msgid ""
"Increment the Debian release number for a binary non-maintainer upload by "
"either appending a \"+b1\" to a non-binNMU version number or by incrementing "
"a binNMU version number, and add a binNMU changelog comment."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:211
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--qa ,  -q>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:215
msgid ""
"Increment the Debian release number for a Debian QA Team upload, and add a "
"QA upload changelog comment."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:215
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--security ,  -s>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:219
msgid ""
"Increment the Debian release number for a Debian Security Team "
"non-maintainer upload, and add a Security Team upload changelog comment."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--bpo>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:223
msgid ""
"Increment the Debian release number for an upload to lenny-backports, and "
"add a backport upload changelog comment."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:223
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--local ,  -l >I<suffix>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:226
#, no-wrap
msgid " Add a suffix to the Debian version number for a local build.\n"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:226
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force-bad-version>, B<-b>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:230
msgid ""
"Force a version number to be less than the current one (e.g., when "
"backporting)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:230
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--allow-lower-version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:234
msgid ""
"Allow a version number to be less than the current one if the new version "
"matches the specified pattern."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:234
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force-distribution>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:238
msgid ""
"Force the provided distribution to be used, even if it doesn't match the "
"list of known distributions (e.g. for unofficial distributions)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:238
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--auto-nmu>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:242
msgid ""
"Attempt to automatically determine whether a change to the changelog "
"represents a Non Maintainer Upload.  This is the default."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:242
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-auto-nmu>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:246
msgid ""
"Disable automatic NMU detection.  Equivalent to setting "
"B<DEBCHANGE_AUTO_NMU> to I<no>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:246
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--fromdirname>, B<-d>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:256
msgid ""
"This will take the upstream version number from the directory name, which "
"should be of the form I<package>-I<version>.  If the upstream version number "
"has increased from the most recent changelog entry, then a new entry will be "
"made with version number I<version>-1 (or I<version> if the package is "
"Debian native), with the same epoch as the previous package version.  If the "
"upstream version number is the same, this option will behave in the same way "
"as B<-i>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:256
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--closes>I< nnnnn,[nnnnn,...]>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:262
msgid ""
"Add changelog entries to close the specified bug numbers.  Also invoke the "
"editor after adding these entries.  Will generate warnings if the BTS cannot "
"be contacted (and B<--noquery> has not been specified), or if there are "
"problems with the bug report located."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:262
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--[no]query>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:265
msgid "Should we attempt to query the BTS when generating closes entries?"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:265
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--preserve>, B<-p>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:270
msgid ""
"Preserve the source tree directory name if the upstream version number (or "
"the version number of a Debian native package) changes.  See also the "
"configuration variables section below."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:270
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-preserve>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:273
msgid "Do not preserve the source tree directory name (default)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:273
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--distribution >I<dist>, B<-D >I<dist>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:278
msgid ""
"Use the specified distribution in the changelog entry being edited, instead "
"of using the previous changelog entry's distribution for new entries or the "
"existing value for existing entries."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:278
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--urgency >I<urgency>, B<-u >I<urgency>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:283
msgid ""
"Use the specified urgency in the changelog entry being edited, instead of "
"using the default \"low\" for new entries or the existing value for existing "
"entries."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:283
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--changelog >I<file>, B<-c >I<file>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:289
msgid ""
"This will edit the changelog I<file> instead of the standard "
"I<debian/changelog>.  This option overrides any CHANGELOG environment "
"variable setting.  Also, no directory traversing or checking will be "
"performed when this option is used."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:289
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--news> [I<newsfile>]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:295
msgid ""
"This will edit I<newsfile> (by default, I<debian/NEWS>) instead of the "
"regular changelog.  Directory searching will be performed.  The changelog "
"will be examined in order to determine the current package version."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:295
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--[no]multimaint>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:300
msgid ""
"Should we indicate that parts of a changelog entry have been made by "
"different maintainers? Default is yes; see the discussion above and also the "
"B<DEBCHANGE_MULTIMAINT> configuration file option below."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:300
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--maintmaint>, B<-m>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:308
msgid ""
"Do not modify the maintainer details previously listed in the changelog.  "
"This is useful particularly for sponsors wanting to automatically add a "
"sponsorship message without disrupting the other changelog details.  Note "
"that there may be some interesting interactions if multi-maintainer mode is "
"in use; you will probably wish to check the changelog manually before "
"uploading it in such cases."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:308
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--[no]mainttrailer>, B<-t>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:318
msgid ""
"If mainttrailer is set, it will avoid modifying the existing changelog "
"trailer line (i.e. the maintainer and date-stamp details), unless used with "
"options that require the trailer to be modified (e.g. B<--create>, "
"B<--release>, B<-i>, B<--qa>, etc.)  This option differs from "
"B<--maintmaint> in that it will use multi-maintainer mode if appropriate, "
"with the exception of editing the trailer. See also the "
"B<DEBCHANGE_MAINTTRAILER> configuration file option below."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:330
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--release-heuristic> I<log|changelog>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:335
msgid ""
"Controls how B<debchange> determines if a package has been released, when "
"deciding whether to create a new changelog entry or append to an existing "
"changelog entry."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:338 ../scripts/debclean.1:87 ../scripts/debrelease.1:102 ../scripts/debsign.1:96 ../scripts/dscverify.1:35 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:66 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:26 ../scripts/uupdate.1:83 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:47
msgid "Display a help message and exit successfully."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:341 ../scripts/debclean.1:90 ../scripts/debrelease.1:105 ../scripts/debsign.1:99 ../scripts/dscverify.1:38 ../scripts/nmudiff.1:69 ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:29 ../scripts/uupdate.1:86 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:50
msgid "Display version and copyright information and exit successfully."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:347
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_PRESERVE>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:351
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--preserve> command "
"line parameter being used."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:351
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_QUERY_BTS>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:355
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the B<--noquery> command "
"line parameter being used."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:362
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_RELEASE_HEURISTIC>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:367
msgid ""
"Controls how B<debchange> determines if a package has been released, when "
"deciding whether to create a new changelog entry or append to an existing "
"changelog entry. Can be either I<log> or I<changelog>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:367
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_MULTIMAINT>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:372
msgid ""
"If set to I<no>, B<debchange> will not introduce multiple-maintainer "
"distinctions when a different maintainer appends an entry to an existing "
"changelog.  See the discussion above.  Default is I<yes>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:372
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_MULTIMAINT_MERGE>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:378
msgid ""
"If set to I<yes>, when adding changes in multiple-maintainer mode "
"B<debchange> will check whether previous changes by the current maintainer "
"exist and add the new changes to the existing block rather than creating a "
"new block.  Default is I<no>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:378
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_MAINTTRAILER>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:382
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the B<--no-mainttrailer> "
"command line parameter being used."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:382
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_TZ>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:386
msgid ""
"Use this timezone for changelog entries.  Default is the user/system "
"timezone as shown by `date -R`."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:386
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_LOWER_VERSION_PATTERN>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:390
msgid ""
"If this is set, then it is the same as the B<--allow-lower-version> command "
"line parameter being used."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:390
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBCHANGE_AUTO_NMU>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:396
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no> then B<debchange> will not attempt to automatically "
"determine whether the current changelog stanza represents an NMU.  The "
"default is I<yes>.  See the discussion of the B<--nmu> option above."
msgstr ""

# type: =head1
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:396 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:397
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBEMAIL>, B<EMAIL>, B<DEBFULLNAME>, B<NAME>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:400
msgid "See the above description of the use of these environment variables."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:400
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<CHANGELOG>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:406
msgid ""
"This variable specifies the changelog to edit in place of "
"I<debian/changelog>.  No directory traversal or checking is performed when "
"this variable is set.  This variable is overridden by the B<--changelog> "
"command-line setting."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:406
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<VISUAL>, B<EDITOR>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:410
msgid ""
"These environment variables (in this order) determine the editor used by "
"B<sensible-editor>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:417
msgid ""
"B<debclean>(1), B<dupload>(1), B<dput>(1), B<debc>(1)  and "
"B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debchange.1:420
msgid ""
"The original author was Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>.  "
"Many substantial changes and improvements were made by Julian Gilbey "
"E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:25
msgid "debcheckout - checkout the development repository of a Debian package"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:31
msgid "B<debcheckout> [I<OPTIONS>] I<PACKAGE> [I<DESTDIR>]"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:33
msgid "B<debcheckout> [I<OPTIONS>] I<REPOSITORY_URL> [I<DESTDIR>]"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:35
msgid "B<debcheckout> B<--help>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:41
msgid ""
"B<debcheckout> retrieves the information about the Version Control System "
"used to maintain a given Debian package (the I<PACKAGE> argument), and then "
"checks out the latest (potentially unreleased) version of the package from "
"its repository.  By default the repository is checked out to the I<PACKAGE> "
"directory; it can be overridden providing the I<DESTDIR> argument."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:47
msgid ""
"The information about where the repository is available is expected to be "
"found in B<Vcs-*> fields available in the source package record. For "
"example, the vim package exposes such an information with a field like "
"S<Vcs-Svn: svn://svn.debian.org/svn/pkg-vim/trunk/packages/vim>, you can see "
"it grepping through C<apt-cache showsrc vim>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:53
msgid ""
"If more than one source package record containing B<Vcs-*> fields is "
"available, B<debcheckout> will select the record with the highest version "
"number.  Alternatively, a particular version may be selected from those "
"available by specifying the package name as I<PACKAGE>=I<VERSION>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:58
msgid ""
"If you already know the URL of a given repository you can invoke debcheckout "
"directly on it, but you will probably need to pass the appropriate B<-t> "
"flag."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:61
msgid ""
"The currently supported version control systems are: arch, bzr, cvs, darcs, "
"git, hg, svn."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:68
msgid "B<-a>, B<--auth>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:70
msgid ""
"work in authenticated mode; this means that for known repositories (mainly "
"those hosted on S<http://alioth.debian.org>) URL rewriting is attempted "
"before checking out, to ensure that the repository can be committed to. For "
"example, for subversion repositories hosted on alioth this means that "
"S<svn+ssh://svn.debian.org/...> will be used instead of "
"S<svn://svn.debian.org/...>"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:77 ../scripts/dget.pl:576 ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:96 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:18 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:44 ../scripts/rmadison.pl:220
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:79
msgid "print a detailed help message and exit"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:81
msgid "B<-p>, B<--print>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:83
msgid ""
"only print information about the package repository, without checking it "
"out; the output format is TAB-separated with two fields: repository type, "
"repository URL"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:87
msgid "B<-t> I<TYPE>, B<--type> I<TYPE>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:89
msgid ""
"set the repository type (defaults to \"svn\"), should be one of the "
"currently supported repository types"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:92
msgid "B<-u> I<USERNAME>, B<--user> I<USERNAME>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:94
msgid ""
"specify the login name to be used in authenticated mode (see B<-a>). This "
"option implies B<-a>: you don't need to specify both"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:97
msgid "B<-f>, B<--file>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:99
msgid ""
"Specify that the named file should be extracted from the repository and "
"placed in the destionation directory. May be used more than once to extract "
"mutliple files."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:107
msgid ""
"apt-cache(8), Section 4.10.4 of the Debian Developer's Reference and/or "
"Bug#391023 in the Debian Bug Tracking System (for more information about "
"Vcs-* fields)"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcheckout.pl:113
msgid ""
"debcheckout and this manpage have been written by Stefano Zacchiroli "
"<zack@debian.org>"
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBCLEAN"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:4
msgid "debclean - clean up a sourcecode tree"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:6
msgid "B<debclean> [I<options>]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:13
msgid ""
"B<debclean> walks through the directory tree starting at the directory tree "
"in which it was invoked, and executes I<debian/rules clean> for each Debian "
"source directory encountered.  These directories are recognised by "
"containing a debian/changelog file for a package whose name matches that of "
"the directory.  Name matching is described below."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:22
msgid ""
"Also, if the B<--cleandebs> option is given, then in every directory "
"containing a Debian source tree, all files named *.deb, *.changes and "
"*.build are removed.  The .dsc, .diff.gz and the (.orig).tar.gz files are "
"not touched so that the release can be reconstructed if necessary, and the "
".upload files are left so that B<debchange> functions correctly.  The "
"B<--nocleandebs> option prevents this extra cleaning behaviour and the "
"B<--cleandebs> option forces it.  The default is not to clean these files."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:24
msgid "B<debclean> uses B<debuild>(1) to clean the source tree."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:35
msgid ""
"In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, "
"B<debclean> will walk through the directory tree searching for "
"I<debian/changelog> files.  As a safeguard against stray files causing "
"potential problems, it will examine the name of the parent directory once it "
"finds a I<debian/changelog> file, and check that the directory name "
"corresponds to the package name.  Precisely how it does this is controlled "
"by two configuration file variables DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their corresponding command-line options "
"B<--check-dirname-level> and B<--check-dirname-regex>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--cleandebs>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:65
msgid "Also remove all .deb, .changes and .build files from the parent directory."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocleandebs>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:69
msgid ""
"Do not remove the .deb, .changes and .build files from the parent directory; "
"this is the default behaviour."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:81 ../scripts/debuild.1:282
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:84
msgid "Do not run dpkg-checkbuilddeps to check build dependencies."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBCLEAN_CLEANDEBS>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:100
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--cleandebs> command "
"line parameter being used."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:111
msgid "B<debuild>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debclean.1:113
msgid ""
"Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>; modifications by Julian "
"Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:5
msgid "debcommit - commit changes to a package"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:9
msgid ""
"B<debcommit> [B<--release>] [B<--release-use-changelog>] "
"[B<--message=>I<text>] [B<--noact>] [B<--diff>] [B<--confirm>] [B<--edit>] "
"[B<--changelog=>I<path>] [B<--all> | I<files to commit>]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:13
msgid ""
"B<debcommit> generates a commit message based on new text in "
"B<debian/changelog>, and commits the change to a package's repository. It "
"must be run in a working copy for the package. Supported version control "
"systems are: B<cvs>, B<git>, B<hg> (mercurial), B<svk>, B<svn> (subversion), "
"B<baz>, B<bzr>, B<tla> (arch)."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:23
msgid "B<-c> B<--changelog> I<path>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:25
msgid ""
"Specify an alternate location for the changelog. By default debian/changelog "
"is used."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:28
msgid "B<-r> B<--release>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:30
msgid ""
"Commit a release of the package. The version number is determined from "
"debian/changelog, and is used to tag the package in the repository."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:33
msgid ""
"Note that svn/svk tagging conventions vary, so debcommit uses L<svnpath(1)> "
"to determine where the tag should be placed in the repository."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:37
msgid "B<-R> B<--release-use-changelog>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:39
msgid ""
"When used in conjunction with --release, if there are uncommited changes to "
"the changelog then derive the commit message from those changes rather than "
"using the default message."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:43
msgid "B<-m> I<text> B<--message> I<text>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:45
msgid ""
"Specify a commit message to use. Useful if the program cannot determine a "
"commit message on its own based on debian/changelog, or if you want to "
"override the default message."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:49
msgid "B<-n> B<--noact>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:51
msgid "Do not actually do anything, but do print the commands that would be run."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:53
msgid "B<-d> B<--diff>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:55
msgid ""
"Instead of commiting, do print the diff of what would have been committed if "
"this option were not given. A typical usage scenario of this option is the "
"generation of patches against the current working copy (e.g. when you don't "
"have commit access right)."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:60
msgid "B<-C> B<--confirm>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:62
msgid ""
"Display the generated commit message and ask for confirmation before "
"committing it. It is also possible to edit the message at this stage; in "
"this case, the confirmation prompt will be re-displayed after the editing "
"has been performed."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:66
msgid "B<-e> B<--edit>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:68
msgid ""
"Edit the generated commit message in your favorite editor before committing "
"it."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:71
msgid "B<-a> B<--all>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:73
msgid ""
"Commit all files. This is the default operation when using a VCS other than "
"git."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:76
msgid "I<files to commit>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:78
msgid ""
"Specify which files to commit (debian/changelog is added to the list "
"automatically.)"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:81
msgid "B<-s> B<--strip-message>, B<--no-strip-message>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:83
msgid ""
"If this option is set and the commit message has been derived from the "
"changelog, the characters \"* \" will be stripped from the beginning of the "
"message."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:87
msgid ""
"This option is set by default and ignored if more than one line of the "
"message begins with \"[*+-] \"."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:90
msgid "B<--sign-tags>, B<--no-sign-tags>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:92
msgid ""
"If this option is set, then tags that debcommit creates will be signed using "
"gnupg. Currently this is only supported by git."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:107
msgid "B<DEBCOMMIT_STRIP_MESSAGE>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:109
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the --no-strip-message "
"command line parameter being used. The default is I<yes>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:112
msgid "B<DEBCOMMIT_SIGN_TAGS>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:114
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the --sign-tags command "
"line parameter being used. The default is I<no>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:117
msgid "B<DEBCOMMIT_RELEASE_USE_CHANGELOG>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:119
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the --release-use-changelog "
"command line parameter being used. The default is I<no>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:122 ../scripts/debsign.1:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBSIGN_KEYID>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:124
msgid ""
"This is the key id used for signing tags. If not set, a default will be "
"chosen by the revision control system."
msgstr ""

# type: =head1
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:129
msgid "VCS SPECIFIC FEATURES"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:133
msgid "B<tla> / B<baz>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:135
msgid ""
"If the commit message contains more than 72 characters, a summary will be "
"created containing as many full words from the message as will fit within 72 "
"characters, followed by an ellipsis."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:141
msgid ""
"Each of the features described below is applicable only if the commit "
"message has been automatically determined from the changelog."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:146
msgid "B<git>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:148
msgid ""
"If only a single change is detected in the changelog, B<debcommit> will "
"unfold it to a single line and behave as if --strip-message was used."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:151
msgid ""
"Otherwise, the first change will be unfolded and stripped to form a summary "
"line and a commit message formed using the summary line followed by a blank "
"line and the changes as extracted from the changelog. B<debcommit> will then "
"spawn an editor so that the message may be fine-tuned before committing."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:156
msgid "B<hg>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:158
msgid ""
"The first change detected in the changelog will be unfolded to form a single "
"line summary. If multiple changes were detected then an editor will be "
"spawned to allow the message to be fine-tuned."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:716 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:514
msgid "Joey Hess <joeyh@debian.org>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/debcommit.pl:720
msgid "L<svnpath(1)>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBDIFF"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:4
msgid "debdiff - compare file lists in two Debian packages"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:6
msgid "B<debdiff> [I<options>]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:8
msgid "B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... I<deb1 deb2>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:10
msgid "B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... I<changes1 changes2>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:13
msgid ""
"B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... B<--from >I<deb1a deb1b ...  >B<--to >I<deb2a "
"deb2b ...>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:15
msgid "B<debdiff> [I<options>] ... I<dsc1 dsc2>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:24
msgid ""
"B<debdiff> takes the names of two Debian package files (I<.deb>s or "
"I<.udeb>s) on the command line and compares their contents (considering only "
"the files in the main package, not the maintenance scripts).  It shows which "
"files have been introduced and which removed between the two package files, "
"and is therefore useful for spotting files which may have been inadvertently "
"lost between revisions of the package.  It also checks the file owners and "
"permissions, and compares the control files of the two packages using the "
"B<wdiff> program."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:27
msgid ""
"If no arguments are given, B<debdiff> tries to compare the content of the "
"current source directory with the last version of the package."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:38
msgid ""
"B<debdiff> can also handle changes between groups of I<.deb> files in two "
"ways.  The first is to specify two I<.changes> files.  In this case, the "
"I<.deb> files listed in the I<.changes> file will be compared, by taking the "
"contents of all of the listed I<.deb> files together.  (The I<.deb> files "
"listed are assumed to be in the same directory as the I<.changes> file.)  "
"The second way is to list the I<.deb> files of interest specifically using "
"the B<--from> ... B<--to> syntax.  These both help if a package is broken up "
"into smaller packages and one wishes to ensure that nothing is lost in the "
"interim."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:42
msgid ""
"B<debdiff> examines the B<devscripts> configuration files as described "
"below.  Command line options override the configuration file settings, "
"though."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:50
msgid ""
"If B<debdiff> is passed two source packages (I<.dsc> files) it will compare "
"the contents of the source packages.  If the source packages differ only in "
"Debian revision number (that is, the I<.orig.tar.gz> files are the same in "
"the two I<.dsc> files), then B<interdiff>(1) will be used to compare the two "
"patch files if this program is available on the system, otherwise a B<diff> "
"will be performed between the two source trees."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--dirs>, B<-d>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:56
msgid ""
"The default mode of operation is to ignore directory names which appear in "
"the file list, but they, too, will be considered if this option is given."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nodirs>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:60
msgid ""
"Ignore directory names which appear in the file list.  This is the default "
"and it can be used to override a configuration file setting."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--move>I< FROM TO>,B< -m>I< FROM TO>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:70
msgid ""
"It sometimes occurs that various files or directories are moved around "
"between revisions.  This can be handled using this option.  There are two "
"arguments, the first giving the location of the directory or file in the "
"first package, and the second in the second.  Any files in the first listing "
"whose names begin with the first argument are treated as having that "
"substituted for the second argument when the file lists are compared.  Any "
"number of B<--move> arguments may be given; they are processed in the order "
"in which they appear."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--move-regex>I< FROM TO>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:76
msgid ""
"This is the same as B<--move>, except that I<FROM> is treated as a regular "
"expression and the B<perl> substitution command I<s/^FROM/TO/> is applied to "
"the files.  In particular, TO can make use of backreferences such as $1."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nocontrol>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:81
msgid ""
"B<debdiff> will usually compare the respective control files of the packages "
"using B<wdiff>(1).  This option suppresses this part of the processing."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--control>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:85
msgid ""
"Compare the respective control files; this is the default, and it can be "
"used to override a configuration file setting."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--controlfiles>I< FILE,FILE,...>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:93
msgid ""
"Specify which control files to compare; by default this is just I<control>, "
"but could include I<postinst>, I<config> and so on.  Files will only be "
"compared if they are present in both I<.debs> being compared.  The special "
"value I<ALL> compares all control files present in both packages, except for "
"md5sums.  This option can be used to override a configuration file setting."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--wp>, B<--wl>, B<--wt>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:98
msgid ""
"Pass a B<-p>, B<-l> or B<-t> option to B<wdiff> respectively.  (This yields "
"the whole B<wdiff> output rather than just the lines with any changes.)"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--show-moved>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:105
msgid ""
"If multiple I<.deb> files are specified on the command line, either using "
"I<.changes> files or the B<--from>/B<--to> syntax, then this option will "
"also show which files (if any) have moved between packages.  (The package "
"names are simply determined from the names of the I<.deb> files.)"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--noshow-moved>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:109 ../scripts/debdiff.1:126
msgid "The default behaviour; can be used to override a configuration file setting."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--renamed>I< FROM TO>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:115
msgid ""
"If B<--show-moved> is being used and a package has been renamed in the "
"process, this command instructs B<debdiff> to treat the package in the first "
"list called I<FROM> as if it were called I<TO>.  Multiple uses of this "
"option are permitted."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--exclude>I< PATTERN>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:119
msgid ""
"Exclude files that match I<PATTERN>.  Multiple uses of this option are "
"permitted."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--diffstat>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:122
msgid "Include the result of B<diffstat> before the generated diff."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-diffstat>"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>, B<-q>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:139
msgid "Be quiet if no differences were found."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--ignore-space>, B<-w>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:142
msgid "Ignore whitespace in diffs."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:148
msgid ""
"The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables.  Command "
"line options can be used to override configuration file settings.  "
"Environment variable settings are ignored for this purpose.  The currently "
"recognised variables are:"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBDIFF_DIRS>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:152
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--dirs> command line "
"parameter being used."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBDIFF_CONTROL>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:157
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the B<--nocontrol> command "
"line parameter being used.  The default is I<yes>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:157
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBDIFF_CONTROLFILES>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:162
msgid ""
"Which control files to compare, corresponding to the B<--controlfiles> "
"command line option.  The default is I<control>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:162
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBDIFF_SHOW_MOVED>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:166
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--show-moved> command "
"line parameter being used."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBDIFF_WDIFF_OPT>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:170
msgid ""
"This option will be passed to B<wdiff>; it should be one of B<-p>, B<-l> or "
"B<-t>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:170
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBDIFF_SHOW_DIFFSTAT>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:174
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--diffstat> command "
"line parameter being used."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:180
msgid ""
"Normally the exit value will be 0 if no differences are reported and 1 if "
"any are reported.  If there is some fatal error, the exit code will be "
"non-zero, and will depend upon the type of error encountered: if it was an "
"external error, then it will be the exit code of that program, else it "
"should be 255."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:187
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<wdiff>(1), B<interdiff>(1)  B<diffstat>(1)  and "
"B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debdiff.1:192
msgid ""
"B<debdiff> was originally written as a shell script by Yann Dirson "
"E<lt>dirson@debian.orgE<gt> and rewritten in Perl with many more features by "
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>.  The software may be freely "
"redistributed under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public "
"License, version 2."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/debi.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBI"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debi.1:4
msgid "debi - install current version of generated Debian package"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debi.1:6
msgid "B<debi> [I<options>] [I<changes file>] [I<package> ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debi.1:21
msgid ""
"B<debi> figures out the current version of a package and installs it.  If a "
"I<.changes> file is specified on the command line, the filename must end "
"with I<.changes>, as this is how the program distinguishes it from package "
"names.  If not, then B<debi> has to be called from within the source code "
"directory tree.  In this case, it will look for the I<.changes> file "
"corresponding to the current package version (by determining the name and "
"version number from the changelog, and the architecture in the same way as "
"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) does).  It then runs B<debpkg -i> on every I<.deb> "
"archive listed in the I<.changes> file to install them, assuming that all of "
"the I<.deb> archives live in the same directory as the I<.changes> file.  "
"Note that you probably don't want to run this program on a I<.changes> file "
"relating to a different architecture after cross-compiling the package!"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debi.1:40
msgid ""
"In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, B<debi> "
"will climb the directory tree until it finds a I<debian/changelog> file.  As "
"a safeguard against stray files causing potential problems, it will examine "
"the name of the parent directory once it finds the I<debian/changelog> file, "
"and check that the directory name corresponds to the package name.  "
"Precisely how it does this is controlled by two configuration file variables "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their "
"corresponding command-line options B<--check-dirname-level> and "
"B<--check-dirname-regex>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debi.1:78 ../scripts/debrelease.1:87
msgid ""
"Look for the I<.changes> and I<.deb> files in directory I<DIR> instead of "
"the parent of the source directory.  This should either be an absolute path "
"or relative to the top of the source directory."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debi.1:109
msgid ""
"This specifies the directory in which to look for the I<.changes> and "
"I<.deb> files, and is either an absolute path or relative to the top of the "
"source tree.  This corresponds to the B<--debs-dir> command line option.  "
"This directive could be used, for example, if you always use B<pbuilder> or "
"B<svn-buildpackage> to build your packages.  Note that it also affects "
"B<debrelease>(1) in the same way, hence the strange name of the option."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debi.1:120
msgid "B<debpkg>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debi.1:125
msgid ""
"B<debi> was originally written by Christoph Lameter "
"E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>.  The now-defunct script B<debit> was "
"originally written by James R. Van Zandt E<lt>jrv@vanzandt.mv.comE<gt>.  "
"They have been moulded into one script together with B<debc>(1) and parts "
"extensively modified by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/debpkg.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBPKG"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debpkg.1:4
msgid "debpkg - wrapper for dpkg"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debpkg.1:6
msgid "B<debpkg> I<dpkg-options>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debpkg.1:12
msgid ""
"B<debpkg> simply invokes B<dpkg>(1) but first becomes superuser so that "
"B<dpkg> is able to install and remove packages.  It also cleans the "
"environment and resets PATH to a sane default: "
"\"/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin/X11\" so that local versions of "
"programs are not run by accident."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/debpkg.1:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIREMENTS"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debpkg.1:17
msgid ""
"B<debpkg> must be given superuser privileges in some way to function "
"properly.  B<Access to debpkg with those privileges is the same as having "
"superuser access to your machine.> B<debpkg> will abort if it finds that it "
"neither being run by root nor setuid root."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debpkg.1:23
msgid ""
"The B<devscripts> package has been designed to allow B<debpkg> to be made "
"setuid root.  This works by using a compiled wrapper script, which means "
"that B<suidperl> is not required.  See B<dpkg-statoverride>(8) if you wish "
"to make this program setuid root.  B<sudo> or B<super> could also "
"conceivably be used."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debpkg.1:25
msgid ""
"Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>; minor modifications made by "
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBRELEASE"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:4
msgid "debrelease - a wrapper around dupload or dput"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:6
msgid "B<debrelease> [I<debrelease options>] [I<dupload/dput options>]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:15
msgid ""
"B<debrelease> is a simple wrapper around B<dupload> or B<dput>.  It is "
"called from within the source code tree of a package, and figures out the "
"current version of a package.  It then looks for the corresponding "
"I<.changes> file (which lists the files needed to upload in order to release "
"the package) in the parent directory of the source code tree and calls "
"B<dupload> or B<dput> with the I<.changes> file as parameter in order to "
"perform the actual uploading."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:20
msgid ""
"Options may be given to B<debrelease>; except for the ones listed below, "
"they are passed on unchanged to B<dupload> or B<dput>.  The B<devscripts> "
"configuration files are also read by B<debrelease> as described below."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:31
msgid ""
"In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, "
"B<debrelease> will climb the directory tree until it finds a "
"I<debian/changelog> file.  As a safeguard against stray files causing "
"potential problems, it will examine the name of the parent directory once it "
"finds the I<debian/changelog> file, and check that the directory name "
"corresponds to the package name.  Precisely how it does this is controlled "
"by two configuration file variables DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their corresponding command-line options "
"B<--check-dirname-level> and B<--check-dirname-regex>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:61 ../scripts/debrsign.1:31 ../scripts/debsign.1:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-S>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:67
msgid ""
"If this option is used, or the default I<.changes> file is not found but a "
"source-only I<.changes> file is present, then this source-only I<.changes> "
"file will be uploaded instead of an arch-specific one."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:75
msgid ""
"See B<dpkg-architecture>(1) for a description of these options.  They affect "
"the search for the I<.changes> file.  They are provided to mimic the "
"behaviour of B<dpkg-buildpackage> when determining the name of the "
"I<.changes> file.  If a plain B<-t> is given, it is taken to be the "
"B<dupload> host-specifying option, and therefore signifies the end of the "
"B<debrelease>-specific options."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:75 ../scripts/debrsign.1:41 ../scripts/debsign.1:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--multi>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:81
msgid ""
"Multiarch changes mode: This signifies that B<debrelease> should use the "
"most recent file with the name pattern I<package_version_*+*.changes> as the "
"changes file, allowing for the changes files produced by B<dpkg-cross>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBRELEASE_UPLOADER>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:116
msgid ""
"The currently recognised values are I<dupload> and I<dput>, and it specifies "
"which uploader program should be used.  It corresponds to the B<--dupload> "
"and B<--dput> command line options."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:125
msgid ""
"This specifies the directory in which to look for the I<.changes> and "
"I<.deb> files, and is either an absolute path or relative to the top of the "
"source tree.  This corresponds to the B<--debs-dir> command line option.  "
"This directive could be used, for example, if you always use B<pbuilder> or "
"B<svn-buildpackage> to build your packages.  Note that it also affects "
"B<debc>(1) and B<debi>(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:137
msgid "B<dupload>(1), B<dput>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrelease.1:139
msgid ""
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>, based on the original B<release> "
"script by Christoph Lameter E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of the dhfirstname entity
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:30
msgid "<firstname>martin f.</firstname>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of the dhsurname entity
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:31
msgid "<surname>krafft</surname>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of the dhmaintfirstname entity
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:32
msgid "<firstname>Julian</firstname>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of the dhmaintsurname entity
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:33
msgid "<surname>Gilbey</surname>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of the dhdate entity
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:35
msgid "<date>Feb 13, 2006</date>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of the dhsection entity
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:38
msgid "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of the dhemail entity
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:39
msgid "<email>madduck@debian.org</email>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of the dhmaintemail entity
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:40
msgid "<email>jdg@debian.org</email>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of the dhusername entity
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:41
msgid "martin f. krafft"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of the dhmaintusername entity
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:42
msgid "Julian Gilbey"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of the dhucpackage entity
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:43
msgid "<refentrytitle>deb-reversion</refentrytitle>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of the dhcommand entity
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:44 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:45
msgid "deb-reversion"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of the debian entity
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:47
msgid "<productname>Debian</productname>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of the gnu entity
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:48
msgid "<acronym>GNU</acronym>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of the gpl entity
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:49
msgid "&gnu; <acronym>GPL</acronym>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><address>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:54
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"      &dhemail;\n"
"    "
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refname>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:65
msgid "&dhcommand;"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:67
msgid "simple script to change the version of a .deb file."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:72
msgid ""
"<command>&dhcommand;</command> <arg choice=\"opt\"> "
"<replaceable>options</replaceable> </arg> <replaceable> "
".deb-file</replaceable> <arg choice=\"opt\" rep=\"repeat\">log message</arg>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:85
msgid ""
"&dhcommand; unpacks the specified .deb file, changes the version number in "
"the relevant locations, appends a Debian <filename>changelog</filename> "
"entry with the specified contents, and creates a new .deb file with the "
"updated version."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:92
msgid ""
"By default, the tool creates a new version number suitable for local "
"changes, such that the new package will be greater than the current one, but "
"lesser than any future, official Debian packages.  With"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:95
msgid "-v <replaceable class=\"parameter\">version</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:96
msgid ", the version number can be specified directly.  On the other hand, the"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:98 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:157
msgid "-c"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:98
msgid ""
"simply calculates the new version number but does not generate a new "
"package."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:103
msgid ""
"When building a .deb file, root privileges are required in order to have the "
"correct permissions and ownerships in the resulting .deb file.  This can be "
"achieved either by running <command>&dhcommand;</command> as root or running "
"under <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fakeroot</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, as 'fakeroot &dhcommand; foo.deb'."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:113
msgid "With"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:113
msgid "-k <replaceable class=\"parameter\">hook</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:114
msgid ""
", a hook script may be specified, which is run on the unpacked binary "
"packages just before it is repacked. If you want to write changelog entries "
"from within the hook, use '<command>dch -a -- <replaceable "
"class=\"parameter\">your message</replaceable></command>'.  (Alternatively, "
"do not give a changelog entry on the <command>&dhcommand;</command> command "
"line and <command>dch</command> will be called automatically.)  The hook "
"command must be placed in quotes if it has more than one word; it is called "
"via <command>sh -c</command>."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:131 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:163
msgid "-v"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:131 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:132
msgid "<replaceable class=\"parameter\">new-version</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:132
msgid "--new-version"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:135
msgid ""
"Specifies the version number to be used for the new version.  Passed to "
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dch</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:145
msgid "-o"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:145 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:146
msgid "<replaceable class=\"parameter\">old-version</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:146
msgid "--old-version"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:149
msgid ""
"Specifies the version number to be used as the old version instead of the "
"version stored in the .deb's control file."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:158
msgid "--calculate-only"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:161
msgid ""
"Only calculate and display the new version number which would be used; do "
"not build a new .deb file.  Cannot be used in conjunction with"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:163
msgid "."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:169
msgid "-s"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:169 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:170
msgid "<replaceable class=\"parameter\">string</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:170
msgid "--string"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:173
msgid ""
"Instead of using 'LOCAL.' as the version string to append to the old version "
"number, use <replaceable class=\"parameter\">string</replaceable> instead."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:181
msgid "-k"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:181 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:182
msgid "<replaceable class=\"parameter\">hook-command</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:182
msgid "--hook"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:185
msgid ""
"A hook command to run after unpacking the old .deb file and modifying the "
"changelog, and before packing up the new .deb file.  Must be in quotes if it "
"is more than one (shell)  word.  Only one hook command may be specified; if "
"you want to perform more than this, you could specify 'bash' as the hook "
"command, and you will then be given a shell to work in."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:197
msgid "-D"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:198 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:201
msgid "--debug"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:201 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:215
msgid "Pass"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:201
msgid ""
"to <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dpkg-deb</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:211
msgid "-b"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:212 ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:215
msgid "--force-bad-version"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:215
msgid ""
"to <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dch</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:225
msgid "-h"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:226 ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:113
msgid "--help"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:229
msgid "Display usage information."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:235
msgid "-V"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:249
msgid ""
"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>dch</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>, <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>fakeroot</refentrytitle> "
"<manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry>, <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>dpkg-deb</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> "
"</citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:265
msgid "DISCLAIMER"
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:267
msgid ""
"&dhpackage; is a tool intended to help porters (e.g. amd64) with modifying "
"packages for other architectures, and to augment deb-repack, which creates "
"modified packages with identical version numbers as the official "
"packages. Chaos will ensue! With &dhpackage;, a proper version number can be "
"selected, which does not obstruct the next official release but can be "
"specifically pinned with APT or held with dpkg."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:276
msgid ""
"Please take note that &dhpackage; does not come without problems. While it "
"works fine in most cases, it may just not in yours. Especially, please "
"consider that it changes binary packages (only!) and hence can break strict "
"versioned dependencies between binary packages generated from the same "
"source."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:283
msgid ""
"You are using this tool at your own risk and I shall not shed a tear if your "
"gerbil goes up in flames, your microwave attacks the stereo, or the angry "
"slamming of your fist spills your coffee into the keyboard, which sets off a "
"chain reaction resulting in a vast amount of money transfered from your "
"account to mine."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:295
msgid ""
"&dhpackage; is Copyright 2004-5 by &dhusername; &dhemail; and modifications "
"are Copyright 2006 by &dhmaintusername; &dhmaintemail;."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:300
msgid ""
"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
"the terms of the Artistic License: "
"<ulink>http://www.opensource.org/licenses/artistic-license.php</ulink> On "
"Debian systems, the complete text of the Artistic License can be found in "
"<filename>/usr/share/common-licenses/Artistic</filename>."
msgstr ""

# type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: ../scripts/deb-reversion.dbk:309
msgid ""
"This manual page was written by &dhusername; &dhemail; and modified by "
"&dhmaintusername; &dhmaintemail;."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBRSIGN"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:4
msgid "debrsign - remotely sign a Debian changes and dsc file pair using SSH"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:7
msgid "B<debrsign> [options] [I<user@>]I<remotehost> [I<changes-file>|I<dsc-file>]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:15
msgid ""
"B<debrsign> takes either an unsigned I<.dsc> file or an unsigned I<.changes> "
"file and the associated unsigned I<.dsc> file (found by replacing the "
"architecture name and I<.changes> by I<.dsc>) if it appears in the "
"I<.changes> file and signs them by copying them to the remote machine using "
"B<ssh>(1) and remotely running B<debsign>(1) on that machine.  All options "
"not listed below are passed to the B<debsign> program on the remote machine."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:19
msgid ""
"If a I<.changes> or I<.dsc> file is specified, it is signed, otherwise, "
"I<debian/changelog> is parsed to determine the name of the I<.changes> file "
"to look for in the parent directory."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:25
msgid ""
"This utility is useful if a developer must build a package on one machine "
"where it is unsafe to sign it; they need then only transfer the small "
"I<.dsc> and I<.changes> files to a safe machine and then use the B<debsign> "
"program to sign them before transferring them back.  This program automates "
"this process."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:30
msgid ""
"To do it the other way round, that is to connect to an unsafe machine to "
"download the I<.dsc> and I<.changes> files, to sign them locally and then to "
"transfer them back, see the B<debsign>(1)  program, which can do this task."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:35 ../scripts/debsign.1:77
msgid ""
"Look for a source-only I<.changes> file instead of a binary-build changes "
"file."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:47 ../scripts/debsign.1:89
msgid ""
"Multiarch changes mode: This signifies that B<debrsign> should use the most "
"recent file with the name pattern I<package_version_*+*.changes> as the "
"changes file, allowing for the changes files produced by B<dpkg-cross>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--path >I<remote-path>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:50
msgid "Specify a path to the GPG or PGP binary on the remote host."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Other options>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:57
msgid "All other options are passed on to B<debsign> on the remote machine."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBRSIGN_PGP_PATH>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:66
msgid "Equivalent to passing B<--path> on the command line (see above.)"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:71
msgid "B<debsign>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1)  and B<ssh>(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debrsign.1:73 ../scripts/debsign.1:132
msgid ""
"This program was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> and is "
"copyright under the GPL, version 2 or later."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBSIGN"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:4
msgid "debsign - sign a Debian changes and dsc file pair using GPG/PGP"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:6
msgid "B<debsign> [options] [I<changes-file>|I<dsc-file>|I<commands-file>]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:16
msgid ""
"B<debsign> mimics the signing aspects (and bugs) of "
"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1).  It takes either an unsigned I<.dsc> file or an "
"unsigned I<.changes> file (along with the associated unsigned I<.dsc> file "
"found by replacing the architecture name and I<.changes> by I<.dsc> if it "
"appears in the I<.changes> file), and signs them using the GNU Privacy Guard "
"or PGP.  It is careful to calculate the size and checksums of the newly "
"signed I<.dsc> file and replace the original values in the I<.changes> file."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:21
msgid ""
"If a I<.changes>, I<.dsc> or I<.commands> file is specified, it is signed, "
"otherwise, I<debian/changelog> is parsed to determine the name of the "
"I<.changes> file to look for in the parent directory."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:25
msgid ""
"If a I<.commands> file is specified it is first validated (see the details "
"at I<ftp://ftp-master.debian.org/pub/UploadQueue/README>), and the name "
"specified in the Uploader field is used for signing."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:36
msgid ""
"This utility is useful if a developer must build a package on one machine "
"where it is unsafe to sign it; they need then only transfer the small "
"I<.dsc> and I<.changes> files to a safe machine and then use the B<debsign> "
"program to sign them before transferring them back.  This process can be "
"automated in two ways.  If the files to be signed live on the remote "
"machine, the B<-r> option may be used to copy them to the local machine and "
"back again after signing.  If the files live on the local machine, then they "
"may be transferred to the remote machine for signing using B<debrsign>(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:39
msgid ""
"This program can take default settings from the B<devscripts> configuration "
"files, as described below."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-r >[I<username>B<@>]I<remotehost>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:48
msgid ""
"The I<.changes> and I<.dsc> files live on the specified remote host.  In "
"this case, a I<.changes> file must be explicitly named, with an absolute "
"directory or one relative to the remote home directory.  SSH will be used "
"for the copying.  The [I<username>B<@>]I<remotehost>B<:>I<changes> syntax is "
"permitted as an alternative."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-p>I<progname>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:53
msgid ""
"I<progname> is one of B<pgp> or B<gpg>, and specifies which signing program "
"is to be called.  The default is B<gpg> if I<~/.gnupg/secring.gpg> exists "
"and B<pgp> otherwise."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:62
msgid ""
"Specify the maintainer name to be used for signing.  (See "
"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) for more information about the differences between "
"B<-m>, B<-e> and B<-k> when building packages; B<debsign> makes no use of "
"these distinctions except with respect to the precedence of the various "
"options.  These multiple options are provided so that the program will "
"behave as expected when called by B<debuild>(1).)"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:62
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:65
msgid "Same as B<-m> but takes precedence over it."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-k>I<keyid>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:69
msgid ""
"Specify the key ID to be used for signing; overrides any B<-m> and B<-e> "
"options."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-spgp>, B<-sgpg>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:73
msgid ""
"Whether the signing program is to be called with command line arguments like "
"those of B<pgp> or B<gpg>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBSIGN_PROGRAM>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:108
msgid "Setting this is equivalent to giving a B<-p> option."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBSIGN_SIGNLIKE>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:112
msgid ""
"This must be I<gpg> or I<pgp> and is equivalent to using either B<-sgpg> or "
"B<-spgp> respectively."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBSIGN_MAINT>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:115
msgid "This is the B<-m> option."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:118
msgid "And this is the B<-k> option."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debsign.1:130
msgid ""
"B<debrsign>(1), B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), "
"B<debuild>(1), B<md5sum>(1), B<sha1sum>(1), B<sha256sum>(1), B<gpg>(1), "
"B<pgp>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEBUILD"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:4
msgid "debuild - build a Debian package"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:7
msgid ""
"B<debuild> [I<debuild options>] [I<dpkg-buildpackage options>] "
"[B<--lintian-opts> I<lintian options>]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:10
msgid ""
"B<debuild> [I<debuild options>] "
"B<binary>|B<binary-arch>|B<binary-indep>|B<clean> ..."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:29
msgid ""
"B<debuild> creates all the files necessary for uploading a Debian package.  "
"It first runs B<dpkg-buildpackage>, then runs B<lintian> on the I<.changes> "
"file created (assuming that B<lintian> is installed), and finally signs the "
"I<.changes> and/or I<.dsc> files as appropriate (using B<debsign>(1) to do "
"this instead of B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) itself; all relevant key-signing "
"options are passed on).  Parameters can be passed to B<dpkg-buildpackage> "
"and B<lintian>, where the parameters to the latter are indicated with the "
"B<--lintian-opts> option.  The allowable options in this case are "
"B<--lintian> and B<--no-lintian> to force or skip the B<lintian> step, "
"respectively. The default is to run B<lintian>.  There are also various "
"options available for setting and preserving environment variables, as "
"described below in the Environment Variables section.  In this method of "
"running B<debuild>, we also save a build log to the file "
"I<../E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>_E<lt>archE<gt>.build>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:46
msgid ""
"An alternative way of using B<debuild> is to use one or more of the "
"parameters B<binary>, B<binary-arch>, B<binary-indep> and B<clean>, in which "
"case B<debuild> will attempt to gain root privileges and then run "
"I<debian/rules> with the given parameters.  A "
"B<--rootcmd=>I<gain-root-command> or B<-r>I<gain-root-command> option may be "
"used to specify a method of gaining root privileges.  The "
"I<gain-root-command> is likely to be one of I<fakeroot>, I<sudo> or "
"I<super>.  See below for further discussion of this point.  Again, the "
"environment preservation options may be used.  In this case, B<debuild> will "
"also attempt to run B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> first; this can be explicitly "
"requested or switched off using the options B<-D> and B<-d> respectively.  "
"Note also that if either of these or a B<-r> option is specified in the "
"configuration file option DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS, then it will be "
"recognised even in this method of invocation of B<debuild>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:49
msgid ""
"B<debuild> also reads the B<devscripts> configuration files as described "
"below.  This allows default options to be given."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:61
msgid ""
"In common with several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, "
"B<debuild> will climb the directory tree until it finds a "
"I<debian/changelog> file before attempting to build the package.  As a "
"safeguard against stray files causing potential problems, it will examine "
"the name of the parent directory once it finds the I<debian/changelog> file, "
"and check that the directory name corresponds to the package name.  "
"Precisely how it does this is controlled by two configuration file variables "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their "
"corresponding command-line options B<--check-dirname-level> and "
"B<--check-dirname-regex>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:94
msgid ""
"As environment variables can affect the building of a package, often "
"unintentionally, B<debuild> sanitises the environment by removing all "
"environment variables except for TERM, HOME, LOGNAME, GNUPGHOME, PGPPATH, "
"GPG_AGENT_INFO, FAKEROOTKEY, DEB_*, the (C, CPP, CXX, LD and F)FLAGS "
"variables and their _APPEND counterparts and the locale variables LANG and "
"LC_*.  TERM is set to `dumb' if it is unset, and PATH is set to "
"\"/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin/X11\"."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:105
msgid ""
"If a particular environment variable is required to be passed through "
"untouched to the build process, this may be specified by using a "
"B<--preserve-envvar> I<envvar> (which can also be written as B<-e> I<envvar> "
"option).  The environment may be left untouched by using the "
"B<--preserve-env> option.  However, even in this case, the PATH will be set "
"to the sane value described above.  The B<only> way to prevent PATH from "
"being reset is to specify a B<--preserve-envvar PATH> option.  But you are "
"warned that using programs from non-standard locations can easily result in "
"the package being broken, as it will not be able to be built on standard "
"systems."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:109
msgid ""
"Note that one may add directories to the beginning of the sanitised PATH, "
"using the B<--prepend-path> option. This is useful when one wishes to use "
"tools such as ccache or distcc for building."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:114
msgid ""
"It is also possible to avoid having to type something like I<FOO>B<=>I<bar "
">B<debuild -e >I<FOO> by writing B<debuild -e >I<FOO>B<=>I<bar> or the long "
"form B<debuild --set-envvar >I<FOO>B<=>I<bar>."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "SUPERUSER REQUIREMENTS"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:124
msgid ""
"B<debuild> needs to be run as superuser to function properly.  There are "
"three fundamentally different ways to do this.  The first, and preferable, "
"method is to use some root-gaining command.  The best one to use is probably "
"B<fakeroot>(1), since it does not involve granting any genuine privileges.  "
"B<super>(1) and B<sudo>(1) are also possibilities.  If no B<-r> (or "
"B<--rootcmd>) option is given (and recall that B<dpkg-buildpackage> also "
"accepts a B<-r> option) and neither of the following methods is used, then "
"B<-rfakeroot> will silently be assumed."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:130
msgid ""
"The second method is to use some command such as B<su>(1) to become root, "
"and then to do everything as root.  Note, though, that B<lintian> will abort "
"if it is run as root or setuid root; this can be overcome using the "
"B<--allow-root> option of B<lintian> if you know what you are doing."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:146
msgid ""
"The third possible method is to have B<debuild> installed as setuid root.  "
"This is not the default method, and will have to be installed as such by the "
"system administrator.  It must also be realised that anyone who can run "
"B<debuild> as root or setuid root has B<full access to the whole machine>.  "
"This method is therefore not recommended, but will work.  B<debuild> could "
"be installed with mode 4754, so that only members of the owning group could "
"run it.  A disadvantage of this method would be that other users would then "
"not be able to use the program.  There are many other variants of this "
"option involving multiple copies of B<debuild>, or the use of programs such "
"as B<sudo> or B<super> to grant root privileges to users selectively.  If "
"the sysadmin wishes to do this, she should use the B<dpkg-statoverride> "
"program to change the permissions of I</usr/bin/debuild>.  This will ensure "
"that these permissions are preserved across upgrades."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "HOOKS"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:153
msgid ""
"B<debuild> supports a number of hooks when running B<dpkg-buildpackage>.  "
"Note that if any of the hooks from clean-hook to final-clean (inclusive) are "
"used, B<debuild> will emulate some sections of the B<dpkg-buildpackage> "
"process rather than running them directly, as B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not "
"support hooks.  The available hooks are as follows:"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:153
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-buildpackage-hook"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:156
msgid "Run before dpkg-buildpackage begins by calling dpkg-checkbuilddeps."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "clean-hook"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:161
msgid ""
"Run before dpkg-buildpackage runs debian/rules clean to clean the source "
"tree.  (Run even if the tree is not being cleaned because -nc is used.)"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:161
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-source-hook"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:165
msgid ""
"Run after cleaning the tree and before running dpkg-source.  (Run even if "
"dpkg-source is not being called because -b or -B is used.)"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:165
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-build-hook"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:170
msgid ""
"Run after dpkg-source and before calling debian/rules build.  (Run even if "
"this is a source-only build, so debian/rules build is not being called.)"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:170
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-binary-hook"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:174
msgid ""
"Run between debian/rules build and debian/rules binary(-arch).  Run ONLY if "
"a binary package is being built."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-genchanges-hook"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:178
msgid "Run after the binary package is built and before calling dpkg-genchanges."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "final-clean-hook"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:183
msgid ""
"Run after dpkg-genchanges and before the final debian/rules clean.  (Run "
"even if we are not cleaning the tree post-build, which is the default.)"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:183
#, no-wrap
msgid "lintian-hook"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:187
msgid ""
"Run (once) before calling lintian.  (Run even if we are not calling "
"lintian.)"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:187
#, no-wrap
msgid "signing-hook"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:191
msgid ""
"Run after calling lintian before any signing takes place.  (Run even if we "
"are not signing anything.)"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:191
#, no-wrap
msgid "post-dpkg-buildpackage-hook"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:194
msgid "Run after everything has finished."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:207
msgid ""
"A hook command can be specified either in the configuration file as, for "
"example, DEBUILD_SIGNING_HOOK='foo' (note the hyphens change into "
"underscores!) or as a command line option B<--signing-hook-foo>.  The "
"command will have certain percent substitutions made on it: %% will be "
"replaced by a single % sign, %p will be replaced by the package name, %v by "
"the package version number, %a will be 1 if the immediately following action "
"is to be performed and 0 if not (for example, in the dpkg-source hook, %a "
"will become 1 if dpkg-source is to be run and 0 if not).  Then it will be "
"handed to the shell to deal with, so it can include redirections and stuff.  "
"For example, to only run the dpkg-source hook if dpkg-source is to be run, "
"the hook could be something like: \"if [ %a -eq 1 ]; then ...; fi\"."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:211
msgid ""
"B<Please take care with hooks>, as misuse of them can lead to packages which "
"FTBFS (fail to build from source).  They can be useful for taking snapshots "
"of things or the like."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:217
msgid ""
"Finally, only dpkg-buildpackage-hook and the hooks from lintian-hook onwards "
"can be used if B<dpkg-cross> is installed.  (This is because internally, "
"B<debuild> reimplements B<dpkg-buildpackage>, but it does not attempt to "
"reimplement the B<dpkg-cross> replacement of this script.)"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:219
msgid "For details, see above."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:226
msgid "Command to gain root (or fake root) privileges."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:229
msgid "Do not clean the environment, except for PATH."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:232
msgid "Do not clean the I<var> variable from the environment."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:236
msgid ""
"If I<var> ends in an asterisk (\"*\") then all variables with names that "
"match the portion of I<var> before the asterisk will be preserved."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:240
msgid ""
"Set the environment variable I<var> to I<value> and do not remove it from "
"the environment."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:240
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--prepend-path=>I<value >"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:244
msgid "Once the normalized PATH has been set, prepend I<value> to it."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:244
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--lintian>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:249
msgid ""
"Run B<lintian> after B<dpkg-buildpackage>.  This is the default behaviour, "
"and it overrides any configuration file directive to the contrary."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:249
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-lintian>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:252
msgid "Do not run B<lintian> after B<dpkg-buildpackage>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:252
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-tgz-check>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:257
msgid ""
"Even if we're running B<dpkg-buildpackage> and the version number has a "
"Debian revision, do not check that the .orig.tar.gz file or .orig directory "
"exists before starting the build."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:257
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--tgz-check>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:262
msgid ""
"If we're running B<dpkg-buildpackage> and the version number has a Debian "
"revision, check that the .orig.tar.gz file or .orig directory exists before "
"starting the build.  This is the default behaviour."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:262
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--username> I<username>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:266
msgid ""
"When signing, use B<debrsign> instead of B<debsign>.  I<username> specifies "
"the credentials to be used."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:266
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-->I<foo>B<-hook>=I<hook>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:270
msgid "Set a hook as described above.  If I<hook> is blank, this unsets the hook."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:270
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--clear-hooks>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:274
msgid "Clears all hooks.  They may be reinstated by later command line options."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:285
msgid "Do not run B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> to check build dependencies."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:285
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-D>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:288
msgid "Run B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> to check build dependencies."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:296
msgid ""
"The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables.  Command "
"line options can be used to override some of these configuration file "
"settings, otherwise the B<--no-conf> option can be used to prevent reading "
"these files.  Environment variable settings are ignored when these "
"configuration files are read.  The currently recognised variables are:"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:296
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_PRESERVE_ENV>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:300
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the B<--preserve-env> "
"command line parameter being used."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:300
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_PRESERVE_ENVVARS>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:305
msgid ""
"Which environment variables to preserve.  This should be a comma-separated "
"list of variables.  This corresponds to using possibly multiple "
"B<--preserve-envvar> or B<-e> options."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:305
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_SET_ENVVAR_>I<var>B<=>I<value>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:308
msgid "This corresponds to B<--set-envvar=>I<var>B<=>I<value>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:308
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_PREPEND_PATH>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:311
msgid "This corresponds to B<--prepend-path>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:311
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_ROOTCMD>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:315
msgid "Setting this variable to I<prog> is the equivalent of B<-r>I<prog>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:315
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_TGZ_CHECK>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:319
msgid ""
"Setting this variable to I<no> is the same as the B<--no-tgz-check> command "
"line option."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:319
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_SIGNING_USERNAME>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:323
msgid ""
"Setting this variable is the same as using the --username command line "
"option."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:323
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:331
msgid ""
"These are options which should be passed to the invocation of "
"B<dpkg-buildpackage>.  They are given before any command-line options.  Due "
"to issues of shell quoting, if a word containing spaces is required as a "
"single option, extra quotes will be required.  For example, to ensure that "
"your own GPG key is always used, even for sponsored uploads, the config file "
"might contain the line:"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:334
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS=\"-k'Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>' "
"-sa\"\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:339
msgid ""
"which gives precisely two options.  Without the extra single quotes, "
"B<dpkg-buildpackage> would reasonably complain that I<Gilbey> is an "
"unrecognised option (it doesn't start with a `-' sign)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:344
msgid ""
"Also, if this option contains any B<-r>, B<-d> or B<-D> options, these will "
"always be taken account of by B<debuild>.  Note that a B<-r> option in this "
"variable will override the setting in DEBUILD_ROOTCMD."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:344
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_>I<FOO>B<_HOOK>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:348
msgid ""
"The hook variable for the I<foo> hook.  See the section on hooks above for "
"more details.  By default, this is empty."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:348
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_LINTIAN>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:352
msgid ""
"Should we run B<lintian>? If this is set to I<no>, then B<lintian> will not "
"be run."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:352
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBUILD_LINTIAN_OPTS>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:358
msgid ""
"These are options which should be passed to the invocation of B<lintian>.  "
"They are given before any command-line options, and the usage of this "
"variable is as described for the B<DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS> variable."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:369
msgid ""
"To build your own package, simply run B<debuild> from inside the source "
"tree.  B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1) options may be given on the command line."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:372
msgid ""
"The typical command line options to build only the binary package(s)  "
"without signing the .changes file (or the non-existent .dsc file):"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:375
#, no-wrap
msgid "debuild -i -us -uc -b\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:378
msgid "Change the \"-b\" to \"-S\" to build only a source package."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:381
msgid ""
"An example using B<lintian> to check the resulting packages and passing "
"options to it:"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:384
#, no-wrap
msgid "debuild --lintian-opts -i\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:392
msgid ""
"Note the order of options here: the B<debuild> options come first, then the "
"B<dpkg-buildpackage> ones, then finally the checker options.  (And "
"B<lintian> is called by default.)  If you find yourself using the same "
"B<dpkg-buildpackage> options repeatedly, consider using the "
"DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS configuration file option as described above."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:396
msgid ""
"To build a package for a sponsored upload, given I<foobar_1.0-1.dsc> and the "
"respective source files, run something like the following commands:"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:401
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg-source -x foobar_1.0-1.dsc\n"
"cd foobar-1.0\n"
"debuild -k0x12345678\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:408
msgid ""
"where 0x12345678 is replaced by your GPG key ID or other key identifier such "
"as your email address.  Again, you could also use the "
"DEBUILD_DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_OPTS configuration file option as described above "
"to avoid having to type the B<-k> option each time you do a sponsored "
"upload."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:421
msgid ""
"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps>(1), B<debsign>(1), "
"B<fakeroot>(1), B<lintian>(1), B<chmod>(1), B<dpkg-statoverride>(8), "
"B<su>(1), B<sudo>(1), B<super>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/debuild.1:424
msgid ""
"The original B<debuild> program was written by Christoph Lameter "
"E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>.  The current version has been written by "
"Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:26
msgid "desktop2menu - create a menu file skeleton from a desktop file"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:30
msgid "B<desktop2menu> B<--help|--version>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:32
msgid "B<desktop2menu> I<desktop file> [I<package name>]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:36
msgid ""
"B<desktop2menu> generates a skeleton menu file from the supplied "
"freedesktop.org desktop file."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:39
msgid ""
"The package name to be used in the menu file may be passed as an additional "
"argument. If it is not supplied then B<desktop2menu> will attempt to derive "
"the package name from the data in the desktop file."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:45
msgid ""
"This program is Copyright (C) 2007 by Sune Vuorela <debian@pusling.com>. It "
"was modified by Adam D. Barratt <adam@adam-barratt.org.uk> for the "
"devscripts package.  This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.  You "
"are free to redistribute this code under the terms of the GNU General Public "
"License, version 2 or later."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/desktop2menu.pl:54
msgid ""
"Sune Vuorela <debian@pusling.com> with modifications by Adam D. Barratt "
"<adam@adam-barratt.org.uk>"
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/devscripts.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEVSCRIPTS"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/devscripts.1:4
msgid "devscripts - scripts to ease the lives of Debian developers"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/devscripts.1:12
msgid ""
"The B<devscripts> package provides a collection of scripts which may be of "
"use to Debian developers and others wishing to build Debian packages.  For a "
"summary of the available scripts, please see the file "
"I</usr/share/doc/devscripts/README.gz>, and for full details, please see the "
"individual manpages.  They are contributed by multiple developers; for "
"details of the authors, please see the code or manpages."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/devscripts.1:15
msgid ""
"Also, the directory I</usr/share/doc/devscripts/examples> contains examples "
"of B<procmail> and B<exim> scripts for sorting mail arriving to Debian "
"mailing lists."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:476
msgid "dget -- Download Debian source and binary packages"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:482
msgid "B<dget> [I<options>] I<URL>"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:484
msgid "B<dget> [I<options>] I<package>[=I<version>]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:490
msgid ""
"B<dget> downloads Debian packages.  In the first form, B<dget> fetches the "
"requested URL.  If this is a .dsc or .changes file, then B<dget> acts as a "
"source-package aware form of B<wget>: it also fetches any files referenced "
"in the .dsc/.changes file.  The downloaded source is then unpacked by "
"B<dpkg-source>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:496
msgid ""
"In the second form, B<dget> downloads a I<binary> package (i.e., a I<.deb> "
"file) from the Debian mirror configured in /etc/apt/sources.list(.d).  "
"Unlike B<apt-get install -d>, it does not require root privileges, writes to "
"the current directory, and does not download dependencies.  If a version "
"number is specified, this version of the package is requested."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:503
msgid ""
"(Note that I<.udeb> packages used by debian-installer are located in "
"separate packages files from I<.deb> packages. In order to use I<.udebs> "
"with B<dget>, you will need to have configured B<apt> to use a packages file "
"for I<component>/I<debian-installer>)."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:508
msgid ""
"Before downloading files listed in .dsc and .changes files, and before "
"downloading binary packages, B<dget> checks to see whether any of these "
"files already exist.  If they do, then their md5sums are compared to avoid "
"downloading them again unnecessarily.  B<dget> also looks for matching files "
"in I</var/cache/apt/archives> and directories given by the B<--path> option "
"or specified in the configuration files (see below).  Finally, if "
"downloading (.orig).tar.gz or .diff.gz files fails, dget consults B<apt-get "
"source --print-uris>.  Download backends used are B<curl> and B<wget>, "
"looked for in that order."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:518
msgid ""
"B<dget> was written to make it easier to retrieve source packages from the "
"web for sponsor uploads.  For checking the package with B<debdiff>, the last "
"binary version is available via B<dget> I<package>, the last source version "
"via B<apt-get source> I<package>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:527
msgid "B<-b>, B<--backup>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:529
msgid "Move files that would be overwritten to I<./backup>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:531
msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:533
msgid "Suppress B<wget>/B<curl> non-error output."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:535
msgid "B<-d>, B<--download-only>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:537
msgid ""
"Do not run B<dpkg-source -x> on the downloaded source package.  This can "
"only be used with the first method of calling B<dget>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:540
msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:542
msgid ""
"Run B<dpkg-source -x> on the downloaded source package to unpack it.  This "
"option is the default and can only be used with the first method of calling "
"B<dget>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:546
msgid "B<-u>, B<--allow-unauthenticated>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:548
msgid ""
"Do not attempt to verify the integrity of downloaded source packages using "
"B<dscverify>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:551
msgid "B<--build>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:553
msgid "Run B<dpkg-buildpackage -b -uc> on the downloaded source package."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:555
msgid "B<--path> DIR[:DIR...]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:557
msgid ""
"In addition to I</var/cache/apt/archives>, B<dget> uses the colon-separated "
"list given as argument to B<--path> to find files with a matching md5sum.  "
"For example: \"--path /srv/pbuilder/result:/home/cb/UploadQueue\".  If DIR "
"is empty (i.e., \"S<--path ''>\" is specified), then any previously listed "
"directories or directories specified in the configuration files will be "
"ignored.  This option may be specified multiple times, and all of the "
"directories listed will be searched; hence, the above example could have "
"been written as: \"--path /srv/pbuilder/result --path "
"/home/cb/UploadQueue\"."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:568
msgid "B<--insecure>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:570
msgid "Allow SSL connections to untrusted hosts."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:572
msgid "B<--no-cache>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:574
msgid "Bypass server-side HTTP caches by sending a B<Pragma: no-cache> header."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:578
msgid "Show a help message."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:580 ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:582
msgid "Show version information."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:588
msgid ""
"The two configuration files F</etc/devscripts.conf> and F<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables.  Command "
"line options can be used to override configuration file settings.  "
"Environment variable settings are ignored for this purpose.  The currently "
"recognised variable is:"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:596
msgid "DGET_PATH"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:598
msgid ""
"This can be set to a colon-separated list of directories in which to search "
"for files in addition to the default I</var/cache/apt/archives>.  It has the "
"same effect as the B<--path> command line option.  It is not set by default."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:603
msgid "DGET_UNPACK"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:605
msgid ""
"Set to 'no' to disable extracting downloaded source packages.  Default is "
"'yes'."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:608
msgid "DGET_VERIFY"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:610
msgid ""
"Set to 'no' to disable checking signatures of downloaded source packages.  "
"Default is 'yes'."
msgstr ""

# type: =head1
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:615
msgid "BUGS AND COMPATIBILITY"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:617
msgid "B<dget> I<package> should be implemented in B<apt-get install -d>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:619
msgid ""
"Before devscripts version 2.10.17, the default was not to extract the "
"downloaded source. Set DGET_UNPACK=no to revert to the old behaviour."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:624
msgid ""
"This program is Copyright (C) 2005-08 by Christoph Berg <myon@debian.org>.  "
"Modifications are Copyright (C) 2005-06 by Julian Gilbey <jdg@debian.org>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:627 ../scripts/tagpending.pl:448
msgid ""
"This program is licensed under the terms of the GPL, either version 2 of the "
"License, or (at your option) any later version."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/dget.pl:632
msgid "B<apt-get>(1), B<debdiff>(1), B<dpkg-source>(1), B<curl>(1), B<wget>(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "diff2patches"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:1 ../scripts/diff2patches.1:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "Raphael Geissert E<lt>atomo64@gmail.comE<gt>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:5
msgid "diff2patches - Extract non-debian/ patches from .diff.gz files"
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNTAX"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:8
msgid "diff2patches I<E<lt>filenameE<gt>>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:10
msgid "diff2patches I<--help>|I<--version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:13
msgid ""
"Extracts patches from .diff.gz which apply to files outside the debian/ "
"directory scope."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:15
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<filename>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:18
msgid "Extract patches from I<filename> which apply outside the debian/ directory."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help> "
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:21
msgid "Output help information and exit."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:24
msgid "Output version information and exit."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:28
msgid ""
"I<debian/control> Existence of this file is tested before any patch is "
"extracted."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:32
msgid ""
"I<debian/patches> When present and is a directory, patches are extracted in "
"that directory, unless I<DEB_PATCHES> is defined (read the \"ENVIRONMENT "
"VARIABLES\" section below)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<DEB_PATCHES>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:37
msgid ""
"When defined and points to an existing directory, patches are extracted in "
"that directory and not under debian nor debian/patches."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/diff2patches.1:40
msgid "B<combinediff>(1)"
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DPKG-DEPCHECK"
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "March 2002"
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "dpkg-depcheck"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:4
msgid "dpkg-depcheck - determine packages used to execute a command"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:6
msgid "B<dpkg-depcheck> [I<options>] I<command>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:15
msgid ""
"This program runs the specified command under B<strace> and then determines "
"and outputs the packages used in the process.  The list can be trimmed in "
"various ways as described in the options below.  A good example of this "
"program would be the command B<dpkg-depcheck -b debian/rules build>, which "
"would give a good first approximation to the Build-Depends line needed by a "
"Debian package.  Note, however, that this does I<not> give any direct "
"information on versions required or architecture-specific packages."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-a>, B<--all>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:22
msgid ""
"Report all packages used to run I<command>.  This is the default behaviour.  "
"If used in conjunction with B<-b>, B<-d> or B<-m>, gives additional "
"information on those packages skipped by these options."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b>, B<--build-depends>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:26
msgid ""
"Do not report any build-essential or essential packages used, or any of "
"their (direct or indirect) dependencies."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-d>, B<--ignore-dev-deps>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:30
msgid ""
"Do not show packages used which are direct dependencies of I<-dev> packages "
"used.  This implies B<-b>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m>, B<--min-deps>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:34
msgid ""
"Output a minimal set of packages needed, taking into account direct "
"dependencies.  Using B<-m> implies B<-d> and also B<-b>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-C>, B<--C-locale>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:37
msgid "Run I<command> with the C locale."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-C-locale>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:40
msgid "Don't change locale when running I<command>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l>, B<--list-files>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:43
msgid "Also report the list of files used in each package."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-list-files>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:47
msgid "Do not report the files used in each package.  Cancels a B<-l> option."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-o>, B<--output=>I<FILE>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:50
msgid "Output the package diagnostics to I<FILE> instead of stdout."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-O>, B<--strace-output=>I<FILE>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:54
msgid ""
"Write the B<strace> output to I<FILE> when tracing I<command> instead of "
"using a temporary file."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-I>, B<--strace-input=>I<FILE>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:59
msgid ""
"Get B<strace> output from I<FILE> instead of tracing I<command>; B<strace> "
"must have be run with the B<-f -q> options for this to work."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-f>, B<--features=>I<LIST>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:65
msgid ""
"Enable or disabled features given in the comma-separated I<LIST> as "
"follows.  A feature is enabled with I<+feature> or just I<feature> and "
"disabled with I<-feature>.  The currently recognised features are:"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<warn-local>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:71
msgid ""
"Warn if files in I</usr/local> or I</var/local> are used.  Enabled by "
"default."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<discard-check-version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:76
msgid ""
"Discards I<execve> when only a I<--version> argument is given to the "
"program; this works around some configure scripts that check for binaries "
"they don't actually use.  Enabled by default."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:76
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<trace-local>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:81
msgid ""
"Also try to identify files which are accessed in I</usr/local> and "
"I</var/local>.  Not usually very useful, as Debian does not place files in "
"these directories.  Disabled by default."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<catch-alternatives>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:85
msgid ""
"Warn about access to files controlled by the Debian I<alternatives> "
"mechanism.  Enabled by default."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<discard-sgml-catalogs>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:90
msgid ""
"Discards access to SGML catalogs; some SGML tools read all the registered "
"catalogs at startup.  Files matching the regexp /usr/share/sgml/.*\\e.cat "
"are recognised as catalogs.  Enabled by default."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:99
msgid "Display usage information and exit."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:99 ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:102
msgid "Display version and copyright information and exit."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:108 ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:33
msgid ""
"The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced in that order to set configuration variables.  Command line options "
"can be used to override configuration file settings.  Environment variable "
"settings are ignored for this purpose.  The currently recognised variable "
"is:"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DPKG_DEPCHECK_OPTIONS>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:112
msgid ""
"These are options which are parsed before the command-line options.  For "
"example,"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:114
msgid "DPKG_DEPCHECK_OPTIONS=\"-b -f-catch-alternatives\""
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:118
msgid ""
"which passes these options to B<dpkg-depcheck> before any command-line "
"options are processed.  You are advised not to try tricky quoting, because "
"of the vagaries of shell quoting!"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:124
msgid ""
"B<dpkg>(1), B<strace>(1), B<update-alternatives>(8)  and "
"B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYING"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-depcheck.1:131
msgid ""
"Copyright 2001 Bill Allombert E<lt>ballombe@debian.orgE<gt>.  Modifications "
"copyright 2002,2003 Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>.  "
"B<dpkg-depcheck> is free software, covered by the GNU General Public "
"License, version 2 or (at your option) any later version, and you are "
"welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under certain "
"conditions.  There is absolutely no warranty for B<dpkg-depcheck>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DPKG-GENBUILDDEPS"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:4
msgid "dpkg-genbuilddeps - generate a list of packages used to build this package"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:6
msgid "B<dpkg-genbuilddeps> [I<arg> ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:19
msgid ""
"This program is a wrapper around B<dpkg-depcheck>(1).  It should be run from "
"the top of a Debian build tree.  It calls B<dpkg-buildpackage> with any "
"arguments given on the command line, and by tracing the execution of this, "
"it determines which non-essential packages were used during the package "
"building.  This can be useful in determining what the I<Build-Depends> "
"control fields should contain.  It does not determine which packages were "
"used for the arch independent parts of the build and which for the arch "
"dependent parts, not does it attempt to determine which versions of packages "
"are required.  It should be able to run under B<fakeroot> rather than being "
"run as root, as B<fakeroot dpkg-genbuilddeps>, or B<dpkg-genbuilddeps "
"-rfakeroot>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:23
msgid ""
"This program requires the build-essential package to be installed.  If it is "
"not, please use B<dpkg-depcheck> directly, with a command such as"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "  dpkg-depcheck --all dpkg-buildpackage -us -uc -b -rfakeroot ...\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:27
msgid "All this program itself does is essentially to run the command:"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "  dpkg-depcheck -b dpkg-buildpackage -us -uc -b -rfakeroot [arg ...]\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:36
msgid ""
"B<The Debian Policy Manual,> sections on Build-Depends etc., "
"B<dpkg-depcheck>(1)  and B<fakeroot>(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dpkg-genbuilddeps.1:40
msgid ""
"The original B<dpkg-genbuilddeps> was written by Ben Collins "
"E<lt>bcollins@debian.orgE<gt>.  The current version is a simple wrapper "
"around B<dpkg-depcheck> written by Bill Allombert "
"E<lt>ballombe@debian.orgE<gt>.  This manual page was written by Julian "
"Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/dscverify.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DSCVERIFY"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dscverify.1:4
msgid "dscverify - verify the validity of a Debian package"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dscverify.1:6
msgid "B<dscverify> [B<--keyring >I<keyring>] ... I<changes_or_dsc_filename> ..."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dscverify.1:17
msgid ""
"B<dscverify> checks that the GPG or PGP signatures on the given I<.changes> "
"or I<.dsc> files are good signatures made by keys in the current Debian "
"keyrings, found in the I<debian-keyring> and I<debian-maintainers> "
"packages.  (Additional keyrings can be specified using the B<--keyring> "
"option any number of times.)  It then checks that the other files listed in "
"the I<.changes> or I<.dsc> files have the correct sizes and checksums (MD5 "
"plus SHA1 and SHA256 if the latter are present).  The exit status is 0 if "
"there are no problems and non-zero otherwise."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dscverify.1:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keyring>I< >I<keyring>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dscverify.1:21
msgid "Add I<keyring> to the list of keyrings to be used."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dscverify.1:21 ../scripts/who-uploads.1:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-default-keyrings>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dscverify.1:24
msgid "Do not use the default set of keyrings."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dscverify.1:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nosigcheck>, B<--no-sig-check>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dscverify.1:32
msgid ""
"Skip the signature verification step. That is, only verify the sizes and "
"checksums of the files listed in the I<.changes> or I<.dsc> files."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dscverify.1:45
msgid ""
"The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables.  "
"Environment variable settings are ignored for this purpose.  If the first "
"command line option given is B<--noconf> or B<--no-conf>, then these files "
"will not be read.  The currently recognised variable is:"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/dscverify.1:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DSCVERIFY_KEYRINGS>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dscverify.1:49
msgid ""
"This is a colon-separated list of extra keyrings to use in addition to any "
"specified on the command line."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dscverify.1:53
msgid "B<gpg>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/dscverify.1:56
msgid ""
"B<dscverify> was written by Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt> "
"and posted on the debian-devel@lists.debian.org mailing list, with several "
"modifications by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "GETBUILDLOG"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:4
msgid "getbuildlog - download build logs from Debian auto-builders"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:8
msgid "B<getbuildlog> I<package> [I<version-pattern>] [I<architecture-pattern>]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:17
msgid ""
"B<getbuildlog> downloads build logs of I<package> from Debian "
"auto-builders. It downloads build logs of all versions and for all "
"architectures if I<version-pattern> and I<architecture-pattern> are not "
"specified or empty, otherwise only build logs whose versions match "
"I<version-pattern> and build logs whose architectures match "
"I<architecture-pattern> will be downloaded. The version and architecture "
"patterns are interpreted as extended regular expressions as described in "
"B<grep>(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:21
msgid "Show usage information and examples."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "getbuildlog hello 2\\e.2-1 amd64"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:28
msgid "Download amd64 build log for hello version 2.2-1."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "getbuildlog glibc \"\" mips.*"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:31
msgid "Download mips(el) build logs of all glibc versions."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "getbuildlog wesnoth .*bpo.*"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:34
msgid "Download all build logs of backported wesnoth versions."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/getbuildlog.1:35
msgid "Written by Frank S. Thomas E<lt>fst@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "GREP-EXCUSES"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:4
msgid "grep-excuses - search the testing excuses files for a specific maintainer"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:6
msgid "B<grep-excuses> [I<options>] [I<maintainer>|I<package>]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:13
msgid ""
"B<grep-excuses> downloads the update_excuses.html file and greps it for the "
"specified maintainer name.  The B<libwww-perl> package is required for this "
"script.  If no name is given on the command line, first the environment "
"variable B<DEBFULLNAME> is used if it is defined, and failing that, the "
"configuration variable described below is used."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--wipnity>, B<-w>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:21
msgid "Get information from E<lt>http://release.debian.org/migration/E<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:24 ../scripts/whodepends.1:14
msgid "Show a brief usage message."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<GREP_EXCUSES_MAINTAINER>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:37
msgid ""
"The default maintainer, email or package to grep for if none is specified on "
"the command line."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:39 ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:126
msgid "B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/grep-excuses.1:41
msgid ""
"Joey Hess E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>; modifications by Julian Gilbey "
"E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:24
msgid "licensecheck - simple license checker for source files"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:28
msgid "B<licensecheck> B<--help|--version>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:30
msgid ""
"B<licensecheck> [B<--verbose>] [B<--copyright>] [B<-l|--lines=N>] "
"[B<-i|--ignore=regex>] [B<-c|--check=regex>] [B<-r|--recursive>] I<list of "
"files and directories to check>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:36
msgid ""
"B<licensecheck> attempts to determine the license that applies to each file "
"passed to it, by searching the start of the file for text belonging to "
"various licenses."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:40
msgid ""
"If any of the arguments passed are directories, B<licensecheck> will add the "
"files contained within to the list of files to process."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:47
msgid "B<--verbose> B<--no-verbose>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:49
msgid ""
"Specify whether to output the text being processed from each file before the "
"corresponding license information."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:52
msgid "Default is to be quiet."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:54
msgid "B<-l=N> B<--lines=N>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:56
msgid ""
"Specify the number of lines of each file's header which should be parsed for "
"license information. (Default is 60)."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:59
msgid "B<-i=regex> B<--ignore=regex>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:61
msgid ""
"When processing the list of files and directories, the regular expression "
"specified by this option will be used to indicate those which should not be "
"considered (e.g. backup files, VCS metadata)."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:65
msgid "B<-r> B<--recursive>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:67
msgid "Specify that the contents of directories should be added recursively."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:70
msgid "B<-c=regex> B<--check=regex>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:72
msgid ""
"Specify a pattern against which filenames will be matched in order to decide "
"which files to check the license of."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:75
msgid "The default includes common source files."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:77
msgid "B<--copyright>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:79
msgid "Also display copyright text found within the file"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:93
msgid "B<LICENSECHECK_VERBOSE>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:95
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then it is the same as the --verbose command line "
"parameter being used. The default is I<no>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:98
msgid "B<LICENSECHECK_PARSELINES>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:100
msgid ""
"If this is set to a positive number then the specified number of lines at "
"the start of each file will be read whilst attempting to determine the "
"license(s) in use.  This is equivalent to the --lines command line option."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:109
msgid ""
"This code is copyright by Adam D. Barratt <adam@adam-barratt.org.uk>, all "
"rights reserved; based on a script of the same name from the KDE SDK, which "
"is copyright by <dfaure@kde.org>.  This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO "
"WARRANTY.  You are free to redistribute this code under the terms of the GNU "
"General Public License, version 2 or later."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/licensecheck.pl:118 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:83
msgid "Adam D. Barratt <adam@adam-barratt.org.uk>"
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "LIST-UNRELEASED"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:4
msgid "list-unreleased - display UNRELEASED packages"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:6
msgid "B<list-unreleased> [I<arg> ...] [I<path> ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:9
msgid ""
"Searches for packages whose changelogs indicate there are pending changes "
"(UNRELEASED) and either lists them or displays the relevant changelog entry."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:12
msgid ""
"By default it searches for packages under the current directory. If a path "
"is specified it will look for packages under that directory instead."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:13
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:16
msgid "Display pending changes."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-R>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:19
msgid "Don't recurse into subdirectories looking for packages."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:21
msgid "B<debchange>(1)"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/list-unreleased.1:23
msgid ""
"B<list-unreleased> was written by Frans Pop E<lt>elendil@planet.nlE<gt>.  "
"This manual page was written by Joey Hess E<lt>joeyh@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "MANPAGE-ALERT"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:4
msgid "manpage-alert - check for binaries without corresponding manpages"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:6
msgid "B<manpage-alert> I<[path list]>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:8
msgid "B<manpage-alert --help|--version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:11
msgid ""
"B<manpage-alert> searches the given list of paths for binaries without "
"corresponding manpages."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:14
msgid ""
"If no paths are specified on the command line, the path list I</bin /sbin "
"/usr/bin /usr/sbin /usr/games> will be assumed."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:17
msgid "B<--help>, B<-h> Show a summary of options."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:25
msgid ""
"B<manpage-alert> was written by Branden Robinson and modified by Julian "
"Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> and Adam D. Barratt "
"E<lt>debian-bts@adam-barratt.org.ukE<gt> (who also wrote this manpage) for "
"the devscripts package."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/manpage-alert.1:28
msgid ""
"This manpage and the associated program are licensed under the terms of the "
"GPL, version 2 or later."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:24
msgid "mass-bug - mass-file a bug report against a list of packages"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:28
msgid "mass-bug [options] --subject=\"bug subject\" template package-list"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:32
msgid ""
"mass-bug assists in filing a mass bug report in the Debian BTS on a set of "
"packages. For each package in the package-list file (which should list one "
"package per line together with an optional version number separated from the "
"package name by an underscore), it fills out the template, adds BTS "
"pseudo-headers, and either displays or sends the bug report."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:38
msgid ""
"Warning: Some care has been taken to avoid unpleasant and common mistakes, "
"but this is still a power tool that can generate massive amounts of bug "
"report mails. Use it with care, and read the documentation in the "
"Developer's Reference about mass filing of bug reports first."
msgstr ""

# type: =head1
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:43
msgid "TEMPLATE"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:45
msgid ""
"The template file is the body of the message that will be sent for each bug "
"report, excluding the BTS pseudo-headers. In the template, #PACKAGE# is "
"replaced with the name of the package. If a version was specified for the "
"package, #VERSION# will be replaced by that version."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:50
msgid ""
"The components of the version number may be specified using #EPOCH#, "
"#UPSTREAM_VERSION# and #REVISION#. #EPOCH# includes the trailing colon and "
"#REVISION# the leading dash so that #EPOCH#UPSTREAM_VERSION##REVISION# is "
"always the same as #VERSION#."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:55
msgid ""
"Note that text in the template will be automatically word-wrapped to 70 "
"columns, up to the start of a signature (indicated by S<'-- '> at the start "
"of a line on its own). This is another reason to avoid including BTS "
"pseudo-headers in your template."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:62
msgid ""
"B<mass-bug> examines the B<devscripts> configuration files as described "
"below.  Command line options override the configuration file settings, "
"though."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:68
msgid "--severity=(wishlist|minor|normal|important|serious|grave|critical)"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:70
msgid "Specify the severity with which bugs should be filed. Default is 'normal'."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:73
msgid "--display"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:75
msgid ""
"Fill out the templates for each package and display them all for "
"verification. This is the default behavior."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:78
msgid "--send"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:80
msgid "Actually send the bug reports."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:82
msgid "--subject=\"bug subject\""
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:84
msgid ""
"Specify the subject of the bug report. The subject will be automatically "
"prefixed with the name of the package that the bug is filed against."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:87
msgid "--tags"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:89
msgid "Set the BTS pseudo-header for tags."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:91
msgid "--user"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:93
msgid "Set the BTS pseudo-header for a usertags' user."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:95
msgid "--usertags"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:97
msgid "Set the BTS pseudo-header for usertags."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:101
msgid ""
"Specify the sendmail command.  The command will be split on white space and "
"will not be passed to a shell.  Default is '/usr/sbin/sendmail'."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:104
msgid "--no-wrap"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:106
msgid "Do not wrap the template to lines of 70 characters."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:125
msgid ""
"DEBEMAIL and EMAIL can be set in the environment to control the email "
"address that the bugs are sent from."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mass-bug.pl:507
msgid "This program is Copyright (C) 2006 by Joey Hess <joeyh@debian.org>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/mergechanges.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "MERGECHANGES"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/mergechanges.1:4
msgid "mergechanges - merge multiple changes files"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/mergechanges.1:6
msgid "B<mergechanges> [B<-f>] I<file1 file2> [I<file>...]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/mergechanges.1:13
msgid ""
"B<mergechanges> merges two or more I<.changes> files, merging the "
"Architecture, Description and Files (and Checksums-*, if present)  fields of "
"the two.  There are checks made to ensure that the changes files are from "
"the same source package and version and use the same changes file Format.  "
"The first changes file is used as the basis and the information from the "
"later ones is merged into it."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/mergechanges.1:18
msgid ""
"The output is normally written to I<stdout>.  If the B<-f> option is given, "
"the output is written to I<package>_I<version>_multi.changes instead, in the "
"same directory as the first changes file listed."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/mergechanges.1:21
msgid ""
"Gergely Nagy E<lt>algernon@debian.orgE<gt>, modifications by Julian Gilbey "
"E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> and Adam D. Barratt "
"E<lt>adam@adam-barratt.org.ukE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:26
msgid "mk-build-deps - build a package satisfying a package's build-dependencies"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:30
msgid "B<mk-build-deps> --help|--version"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:32
msgid "B<mk-build-deps> <control file | package name> [...]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:36
msgid ""
"Given a package name and/or control file, B<mk-build-deps> will use "
"B<equivs> to generate a binary package which may be installed to satisfy the "
"build-dependencies of the given package."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:56
msgid ""
"B<mk-build-deps> is copyright by Vincent Fourmond and was modified for the "
"devscripts package by Adam D. Barratt <adam@adam-barratt.org.uk>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/mk-build-deps.pl:59 ../scripts/transition-check.pl:77
msgid ""
"This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.  You are free to "
"redistribute this code under the terms of the GNU General Public License, "
"version 2 or later."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "NMUDIFF"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:4
msgid "nmudiff - email an NMU diff to the Debian BTS"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:6
msgid "B<nmudiff> [I<options>]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:16
msgid ""
"B<nmudiff> should be run in the source tree of the package being NMUed, "
"after the NMU is built. It assumes that the source packages (specifically, "
"the .dsc and any corresponding tar and diff files) for both the previous "
"version of the package and the newly built NMU version are in the parent "
"directory. It then uses B<debdiff> to generate a diff between the previous "
"version and the current NMU, and either runs mutt or an editor (using "
"B<sensible-editor>) so that the mail message (including the diff) can be "
"examined and modified; once you exit the editor the diff will be mailed to "
"the Debian BTS."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:21
msgid ""
"The default behaviour is that if exactly one bug is closed by this NMU, then "
"that bug will be mailed, otherwise a new bug will be submitted.  This "
"behaviour may be changed by command line options and configuration file "
"options."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--new>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:26
msgid ""
"Instead of mailing the bug reports which are to be closed by this NMU, a new "
"bug report is submitted directly to the BTS."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--old>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:31
msgid ""
"Send the bug report to all of the bugs which are being closed by this NMU, "
"rather than opening a new bug report.  This option has no effect if no bugs "
"are being closed by this NMU."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--mutt>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:36
msgid ""
"Use B<mutt>(1) for editing and sending the message to the BTS (default "
"behaviour).  This can be controlled using a configuration file option (see "
"below)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-mutt>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:41
msgid ""
"Use B<sensible-editor>(1) to edit the message and then mail it directly "
"using I</usr/bin/sendmail>.  This can be controlled using a configuration "
"file option (see below)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--sendmail> I<SENDMAILCMD>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:51
msgid ""
"Specify the sendmail command.  The command will be split on white space and "
"will be interpreted by the shell.  Default is I</usr/sbin/sendmail>.  The "
"I<-t> option will be automatically added if the command is "
"I</usr/sbin/sendmail> or I</usr/sbin/exim*>.  For other mailers, if they "
"require a I<-t> option, this must be included in the I<SENDMAILCMD>, for "
"example: --sendmail=\"/usr/sbin/mymailer -t\".  This can also be set using "
"the devscripts configuration files; see below."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--from> I<EMAIL>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:59
msgid ""
"If using the sendmail (B<--no-mutt>) option, then the email to the BTS will "
"be sent using the name and address in the environment variable DEBEMAIL.  If "
"this is not set, then the variable EMAIL will be used instead.  These can be "
"overridden using the B<--from> option.  The program will not work in this "
"case if an email address cannot be determined."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<NMUDIFF_MUTT>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:80
msgid ""
"Can be \"yes\" (default) or \"no\", and specifies whether to use B<mutt> to "
"compose and send the message or not, as described above."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<NMUDIFF_NEWREPORT>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:88
msgid ""
"This option controls whether a new bug report is made, or whether the diff "
"is sent to the bugs closed by this NMU.  Can be \"maybe\" (default), which "
"sends to the existing bug reports if exactly one bug is being closed; "
"\"yes\", which always creates a new report, or \"no\", which always sends to "
"the reports of the bugs being closed (unless no bugs are being closed, in "
"which case a new report is always made)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<BTS_SENDMAIL_COMMAND>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:97
msgid "B<debdiff>(1), B<sensible-editor>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/nmudiff.1:101
msgid ""
"B<nmudiff> was written and is copyright 2006 by Steinar H. Gunderson and "
"modified by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>.  The software may be "
"freely redistributed under the terms and conditions of the GNU General "
"Public License, version 2."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "PLOTCHANGELOG"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:4
msgid "plotchangelog - graph debian changelogs"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:7
msgid "B<plotchangelog> I<[options] changelog ...>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:17
msgid ""
"B<plotchangelog> is a tool to aid in visualizing a Debian changelog. The "
"changelogs are graphed with B<gnuplot>(1)  , with the X axis of the graph "
"denoting time of release and the Y axis denoting the debian version number "
"of the package. Each individual release of the package is represented by a "
"point, and the points are color coded to indicate who released that version "
"of the package. The upstream version number of the package can also be "
"labeled on the graph."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:21
msgid ""
"Alternatively, the Y axis can be configured to display the size of the "
"changelog entry for each new version. Or it can be configured to display "
"approximately how many bugs were fixed for each new version."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:24
msgid ""
"Note that if the package is a debian-specific package, the entire package "
"version will be used for the Y axis. This does not always work perfectly."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "READING THE GRAPH"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:33
msgid ""
"The general outline of a package's graph is typically a series of peaks, "
"starting at 1, going up to n, and then returning abruptly to 1. The higher "
"the peaks, the more releases the maintainer made between new upstream "
"versions of the package. If a package is debian-only, it's graph will just "
"grow upwards without ever falling (although a bug in this program may cause "
"it to fall sometimes, if the version number goes from say, 0.9 to say, 0.10 "
"- this is interpreted wrong..)"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:40
msgid ""
"If the graph dips below 1, someone made a NMU of the package and upgraded it "
"to a new upstream version, thus setting the debian version to 0. NMU's in "
"general appear as fractional points like 1.1, 2.1, etc. A NMU can also be "
"easily detected by looking at the points that represent which maintainer "
"uploaded the package -- a solitary point of a different type than the points "
"before and after it is typically a NMU."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:43
msgid ""
"It's also easy to tell by looking at the points when a package changes "
"maintainers."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-l, --linecount>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:50
msgid ""
"Instead of using the debian version number as the Y axis, use the number of "
"lines in the changelog entry for each version.  Cannot be used together with "
"B<--bugcount>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-b, --bugcount>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:57
msgid ""
"Instead of using the debian version number as the Y axis, use the number of "
"bugs that were closed by each changelog entry. Note that this number is "
"obtained by searching for \"#dddd\" in the changelog, and so it may be "
"inaccurate.  Cannot be used together with B<--linecount>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-c, --cumulative>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:65
msgid ""
"When used together with either B<--bugcount> or B<--linecount>, graphs the "
"cumulative count rather than the count in each individual changelog entry."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-v, --no-version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:68
msgid "Do not show upstream version labels. Useful if the graph gets too crowded."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-m, --no-maint>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:71
msgid "Do not differentiate between different maintainers of the package."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-s file, --save=file>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:75
msgid ""
"Save the graph to \"file\" in postscript format instead of immediately "
"displaying it."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-u, --urgency>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:78
msgid "Use larger points when displaying higher-urgency package uploads."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:78 ../scripts/uscan.1:413
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--verbose>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:81
msgid "Output the gnuplot script that is fed into gnuplot (for debugging purposes)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-g>I<commands,>B<--gnuplot=\">I<commands>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:92
msgid ""
"This allows you to insert B<gnuplot>(1)  commands into the gnuplot script "
"that is used to generate the graph. The commands are placed after all "
"initialization but before the final \"plot\" command. This can be used to "
"override the default look provided by this program in arbitrary ways. You "
"can also use things like \"set terminal png color\" to change the output "
"file type, which is useful in conjunction with the -s option."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:95
msgid "Show a usage summary."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:98
msgid "Display version, author and copyright information."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--noconf, --no-conf>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:101
msgid "Do not read any configuration files (see below)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<changelog ...>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:106
msgid ""
"The changelog files to graph. If multiple files are specified they will all "
"be display on the same graph. The files may be compressed with gzip. Any "
"text in them that is not in Debian changelog format will be ignored."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:113
msgid ""
"The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables.  The "
"B<--no-conf> option can be used to prevent reading these files.  Environment "
"variable settings are ignored when these configuration files are read.  The "
"currently recognised variables are:"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<PLOTCHANGELOG_OPTIONS>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:118
msgid ""
"This is a space-separated list of options to always use, for example \"-l "
"-b\".  Do not include \"-g\" or \"--gnuplot\" among this list as it may be "
"ignored; see the next variable instead."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<PLOTCHANGELOG_GNUPLOT>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:124
msgid ""
"These are B<gnuplot> commands which will be prepended to any such commands "
"given on the command line."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/plotchangelog.1:127
msgid "Joey Hess E<lt>joey@kitenet.netE<gt>"
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "PTS-SUBSCRIBE"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:4
msgid "pts-subscribe - time-limited subscription to the PTS"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:6
msgid "B<pts-subscribe> [options] I<package>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:10
msgid ""
"B<pts-subscribe> sends a subscription request for I<package> to the Package "
"Tracking System at pts@qa.debian.org, and cancels the subscription 30 days "
"later."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:13
msgid ""
"This utility is useful if a developer has made an NMU and wants to track the "
"package for a limited period of time."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:14
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--until >I<time>, B<-u> I<time>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:19
msgid ""
"When B<at>(1) should cancel the subscription.  I<time> must be specified "
"using B<at>'s syntax.  Default is 'now + 30 days'.  This option will "
"probably require quoting!"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--forever>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:23
msgid ""
"Don't cancel the subscription automatically.  This can also be specified as "
"B<--until forever>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<DEBEMAIL>, B<EMAIL>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:37
msgid ""
"If one of these is set (with preference give to DEBEMAIL), then this will be "
"used for the subscription address.  If neither is set, then the email will "
"be sent without a specified subscription address, and the email's From: line "
"will be used to determine the sender's address.  This will be determined by "
"B<mail>(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<PTS_UNTIL>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:46
msgid "Setting this is equivalent to giving a B<--until> option."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:51
msgid ""
"B<at>(1), information about the Package Tracking System in the Developer's "
"Reference at "
"http://www.debian.org/doc/developers-reference/ch-resources#s-pkg-tracking-system"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/pts-subscribe.1:54
msgid ""
"This program was written by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> based on "
"a public domain prototype by Raphael Hertzog E<lt>hertzog@debian.orgE<gt> "
"and is copyright under the GPL, version 2 or later."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "RC-ALERT"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:4
msgid "rc-alert - check for installed packages with release-critical bugs"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:6
msgid "B<rc-alert [inclusion options] [package ...]>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:8
msgid "B<rc-alert --help|--version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:12
msgid ""
"B<rc-alert> downloads the list of release-critical bugs from the Debian BTS "
"webpages, and then outputs a list of packages installed on the system, or "
"given on the command-line, which are in that list."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:17
msgid ""
"If the directory I<~/.devscripts_cache> exists or the B<--cache> option is "
"given, then the (sizable) downloaded list will be cached, and will only be "
"downloaded again on a second invocation if it has changed."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--cache>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:21
msgid "Force the creation of the I<~/.devscripts_cache> cache directory."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:27
#, no-wrap
msgid "It is also possible to filter the list of bugs reported based on the"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:31
msgid ""
"tags and distributions associated with the package. The filtering options "
"are:"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--include-tags>, B<-f>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:35
msgid ""
"A list of tags which the bug must have, in the format used for output.  For "
"example, to include bugs tagged security or help wanted, use \"SH\"."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--include-tag-op>, B<-t>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:39
msgid ""
"If set to I<and>, a bug must have all of the tags specified by "
"B<--includetags>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--exclude-tags>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:43
msgid ""
"A list of tags which the bug must not have, in the same format as "
"B<--includetags>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--exclude-tag-op>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:48
msgid ""
"If set to I<and>, a bug must have none of the tags specified by "
"B<--excludetags>.  By default, the bug will be excluded if any tag matches."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--include-dists>, B<-d>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:52
msgid ""
"A list of distributions which the bug must apply to, in the format used for "
"output.  For example, to include bugs affecting testing or unstable, use "
"\"TU\"."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--include-dist-op>, B<-o>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:56
msgid ""
"If set to I<and>, a bug must apply to all of the specified distributions in "
"order to be included."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--exclude-dists>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:60
msgid ""
"A list of distributions to which the bug must not apply, in the same format "
"as B<--includedists>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--exclude-dist-op>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:65
msgid ""
"If set to I<and>, a bug must apply to all of the specified distributions in "
"order to be excluded.  By default the bug will be excluded if it applies to "
"any of the listed distributions."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--include-dists> OS"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:69
msgid "The bug must apply to at least one of oldstable or stable"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--include-dists> TUB< --include-dist-op> and"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:72
msgid "The bug must apply to both testing and unstable"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--include-dists> OB< --include-tags> SB< --exclude-tags> +"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:75
msgid "The bug must apply to oldstable and be tagged security but not patch"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--exclude-dists> SOTB< --include-tags> R"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:79
msgid ""
"The bug must apply to only unstable or experimental (or both) and be tagged "
"unreproducible"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:81
msgid "It is not possible to say \"does not apply only to unstable\""
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:83
msgid "B<popbugs(1)>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/rc-alert.1:86
msgid ""
"B<rc-alert> was written by Anthony DeRobertis and modified by Julian Gilbey "
"E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> and Adam D. Barratt "
"E<lt>adam@adam-barratt.org.ukE<gt> for the devscripts package."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:177
msgid "rmadison -- Remotely query the Debian archive database about packages"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:183
msgid "B<rmadison> [I<OPTIONS>] I<PACKAGE> ..."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:189
msgid ""
"B<dak ls> queries the Debian archive database (\"projectb\") and displays "
"which package version is registered per architecture/component/suite.  The "
"CGI at B<http://qa.debian.org/madison.php> provides that service without "
"requiring ssh access to ftp-master.debian.org or the mirror on "
"merkel.debian.org. This script, B<rmadison>, is a command line frontend to "
"this CGI."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:200
msgid "B<-a>, B<--architecture=>I<ARCH>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:202
msgid "only show info for ARCH(s)"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:204
msgid "B<-b>, B<--binary-type=>I<TYPE>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:206
msgid "only show info for binary TYPE"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:208
msgid "B<-c>, B<--component=>I<COMPONENT>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:210
msgid "only show info for COMPONENT(s)"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:212
msgid "B<-g>, B<--greaterorequal>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:214
msgid "show buildd 'dep-wait pkg >= {highest version}' info"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:216
msgid "B<-G>, B<--greaterthan>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:218
msgid "show buildd 'dep-wait pkg >> {highest version}' info"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:222
msgid "show this help and exit"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:224
msgid "B<-s>, B<--suite=>I<SUITE>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:226
msgid "only show info for this suite"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:228
msgid "B<-S>, B<--source-and-binary>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:230
msgid "show info for the binary children of source pkgs"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:232
msgid "B<-t>, B<--time>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:234
msgid "show projectb snapshot and reload time (not supported by all archives)"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:236
msgid "B<-u>, B<--url=>I<URL>[B<,>I<URL...>]"
msgstr ""

# type: verbatim
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:238
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"use I<URL> for the query. Supported shorthands are\n"
" B<debian> or B<qa> http://qa.debian.org/madison.php (the default)\n"
" B<bpo> http://www.backports.org/cgi-bin/madison.cgi\n"
" B<ubuntu> http://people.ubuntu.com/~ubuntu-archive/madison.cgi\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:243
msgid ""
"See the B<RMADISON_URL_MAP_> variable below for a method to add new "
"shorthands."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:248
msgid "show version and exit"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:252
msgid "don't read the devscripts configuration files"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:256
msgid ""
"ARCH, COMPONENT and SUITE can be comma (or space) separated lists, e.g.  "
"--architecture=m68k,i386"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:261
msgid ""
"The two configuration files F</etc/devscripts.conf> and F<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables. Command "
"line options can be used to override configuration file "
"settings. Environment variable settings are ignored for this purpose. The "
"currently recognised variables are:"
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:269
msgid "B<RMADISON_URL_MAP_>I<SHORTHAND>=I<URL>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:271
msgid ""
"Add an entry to the set of shorthand URLs listed above. I<SHORTHAND> should "
"be replaced with the shorthand form to be used to refer to I<URL>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:274
msgid ""
"Multiple shorthand entries may be specified by using multiple "
"B<RMADISON_URL_MAP_*> variables."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:281
msgid ""
"B<dak ls> also supports B<-r>, B<--regex> to treat I<PACKAGE> as a "
"regex. Since that can easily DoS the database (\"-r .\"), this option is not "
"supported by the CGI and rmadison."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:285
msgid "B<dak ls> was formerly called B<madison>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:287
msgid ""
"The protocol used by rmadison is fairly simple, the CGI accepts query the "
"parameters a, b, c, g, G, s, S, t, and package. The parameter text is passed "
"to enable plain-text output."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:293
msgid "madison-lite(1), dak(1)."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/rmadison.pl:297
msgid ""
"rmadison and http://qa.debian.org/madison.php were written by Christoph Berg "
"<myon@debian.org>. dak was written by James Troup <james@nocrew.org>, "
"Anthony Towns <ajt@debian.org>, and others."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:5
msgid "svnpath - output svn url with support for tags and branches"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:9
msgid "svnpath"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:11
msgid "svnpath tags"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:13
msgid "svnpath branches"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:15
msgid "svnpath trunk"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:19
msgid "svnpath is intended to be run in a subversion working copy."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:21
msgid ""
"In its simplest usage, svnpath with no parameters outputs the svn url for "
"the repository associated with the working copy."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:24
msgid ""
"If a parameter is given, svnpath attempts to instead output the url that "
"would be used for the tags, branches, or trunk. This will only work if it's "
"run in the top-level directory that is subject to tagging or branching."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:28
msgid ""
"For example, if you want to tag what's checked into subversion as version "
"1.0, you could use a command like this:"
msgstr ""

# type: verbatim
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:31
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  svn cp $(svnpath) $(svnpath tags)/1.0\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:33
msgid ""
"That's much easier than using svn info to look up the repository url and "
"manually modifying it to derive the url to use for the tag, and typing in "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""

# type: verbatim
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:37
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  svn cp svn+ssh://my.server.example/svn/project/trunk "
"svn+ssh://my.server.example/svn/project/tags/1.0\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:39
msgid ""
"svnpath uses a simple heuristic to convert between the trunk, tags, and "
"branches paths. It replaces the first occurrence of \"trunk\", \"tags\", or "
"\"branches\" with the name of what you're looking for. This will work ok for "
"most typical subversion repository layouts."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:44
msgid ""
"If you have an atypical layout and it does not work, you can add a "
"~/.svnpath file. This file is perl code, which can modify the path in $url.  "
"For example, the author uses this file:"
msgstr ""

# type: verbatim
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:48
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" #!/usr/bin/perl\n"
" # svnpath personal override file\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

# type: verbatim
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:51
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" # For d-i I sometimes work from a full d-i tree branch. Remove that from\n"
" # the path to get regular tags or branches directories.\n"
" $url=~s!d-i/(rc|beta)[0-9]+/!!;\n"
" $url=~s!d-i/sarge/!!;\n"
" 1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:95
msgid "GPL version 2 or later"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/svnpath.pl:99
msgid "Joey Hess <joey@kitenet.net>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:83
msgid ""
"tagpending - tags bugs that are to be closed in the latest changelog as "
"pending"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:87
msgid "B<tagpending> [options]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:91
msgid ""
"B<tagpending> parses debian/changelog and debian/control to determine which "
"bugs would be closed if the package were uploaded. Each bug is then marked "
"as pending, using B<bts>(1) if it is not already so."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:99
msgid "-n, --noact"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:101
msgid "Check whether any bugs require tagging, but do not actually do so."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:103
msgid "-s, --silent"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:105
msgid "Do not output any messages."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:107
msgid "-v, --verbose"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:109
msgid "List each bug checked and tagged in turn."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:111
msgid "-f, --force"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:113
msgid "Do not query the BTS, but (re)tag all bugs closed in the changelog."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:115
msgid "--comments"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:117
msgid ""
"Include the changelog header line and the entries relating to the tagged "
"bugs as comments in the generated mail.  This is the default."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:120
msgid ""
"Note that when used in combination with --to, the header line output will "
"always be that of the most recent version."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:123
msgid "--no-comments"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:125
msgid "Do not include changelog entries in the generated mail."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:127
msgid "-c, --confirm"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:129
msgid "Tag bugs as both confirmed and pending."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:131
msgid "-t, --to <version>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:133
msgid "Parse changelogs for all versions strictly greater than <version>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:135
msgid "Equivalent to dpkg-parsechangelog's -v option."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:139
msgid ""
"Display the message which would be sent to the BTS and, except when --noact "
"was used, prompt for confirmation before sending it."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:142
msgid "-w, --wnpp"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:144
msgid ""
"For each bug that does not appear to belong to the current package, check "
"whether it is filed against wnpp. If so, tag it. This allows e.g.  ITAs and "
"ITPs closed in an upload to be tagged."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:152
msgid "B<bts>(1) and B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1)"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:441
msgid ""
"This program is Copyright 2008 by Adam D. Barratt "
"<adam@adam-barratt.org.uk>."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/tagpending.pl:444
msgid ""
"The shell script tagpending, on which this program is based, is Copyright "
"2004 by Joshua Kwan <joshk@triplehelix.org> with changes copyright 2004-7 by "
"their respective authors."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:25
msgid "transition-check - check a package list for involvement in transitions"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:29
msgid "B<transition-check> B<--help|--version>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:31
msgid "B<transition-check> [B<-f|--filename>=I<FILENAME>] [I<source package list>]"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:35
msgid ""
"B<transition-check> checks whether any of the listed source packages are "
"involved in a transition for which uploads to unstable are currently "
"blocked."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:39
msgid ""
"If neither a filename nor a list of packages is supplied, "
"B<transition-check> will use the source package name from I<debian/control>."
msgstr ""

# type: =item
#: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:46
msgid "B<-f> B<--filename>=I<filename>"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:48
msgid ""
"Read a source package name from I<filename>, which should be a Debian "
"package control file or .changes file, and add that package to the list of "
"packages to check."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:54 ../scripts/uscan.1:484 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:56
msgid ""
"The exit status indicates whether any of the packages examined were found to "
"be involved in a transition."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:61 ../scripts/uscan.1:488 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "0"
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:63
msgid ""
"Either B<--help> or B<--version> was used, or none of the packages examined "
"was involved in a transition."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:68
msgid "At least one package examined is involved in a current transition."
msgstr ""

# type: textblock
#: ../scripts/transition-check.pl:74
msgid ""
"This code is copyright by Adam D. Barratt <adam@adam-barratt.org.uk>, all "
"rights reserved."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "USCAN"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:4
msgid "uscan - scan/watch upstream sources for new releases of software"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:6
msgid "B<uscan> [I<options>] [I<path-to-debian-source-packages> ...]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:16
msgid ""
"B<uscan> scans the given directories (or the current directory if none are "
"specified) and all of their subdirectories for packages containing a control "
"file I<debian/watch>.  Parameters are then read from those control files and "
"upstream ftp or http sites are inspected for newly available updates (as "
"compared with the upstream version number retrieved from the "
"I<debian/changelog> file in the same directory).  The newest updates are "
"retrieved (as determined by their version numbers) and if specified in the "
"watchfile, a program may then be executed on the newly downloaded source."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:21
msgid ""
"The traditional I<debian/watch> files can still be used, but the current "
"format offers both simpler and more flexible services.  We do not describe "
"the old format here; for their documentation, see the source code for uscan."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "FORMAT of debian/watch files"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:28
msgid ""
"The following demonstrates the type of entries which can appear in a "
"I<debian/watch> file.  Obviously, not all of these would appear in one such "
"file; usually, one would have one line for the current package."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:33
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# format version number, currently 3; this line is compulsory!\n"
"version=3\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "# Line continuations are performed with \\e\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:40
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This the format for an FTP site:\n"
"# Full-site-with-pattern  [Version  [Action]]\n"
"ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/web/c_cpp/cweb/cweb-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz \\e\n"
"  debian  uupdate\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:44
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This is the format for an FTP site with regex special characters in\n"
"# the filename part\n"
"ftp://ftp.worldforge.org/pub/worldforge/libs/Atlas-C++/transitional/Atlas-C\\e+\\e+-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:47
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This is the format for an FTP site with directory pattern matching\n"
"ftp://ftp.nessus.org/pub/nessus/nessus-([\\ed\\e.]+)/src/nessus-core-([\\ed\\e.]+)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:51
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This can be used if you want to override the PASV setting\n"
"# for a specific site\n"
"# opts=pasv ftp://.../...\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:57
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This is one format for an HTTP site, which is the same\n"
"# as the FTP format.  uscan starts by downloading the homepage,\n"
"# obtained by removing the last component of the URL; in this case,\n"
"# http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Text/\n"
"http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Text/Text-CSV_XS-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:63
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This is a variant HTTP format which allows direct specification of\n"
"# the homepage:\n"
"# Homepage  Pattern  [Version  [Action]]\n"
"http://www.dataway.ch/~lukasl/amph/amph.html \\e\n"
"  files/amphetamine-([\\ed\\e.]*).tar.bz2\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:70
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This one shows that recursive directory scanning works, in either of\n"
"# two forms, as long as the website can handle requests of the form\n"
"# http://site/inter/mediate/dir/\n"
"http://tmrc.mit.edu/mirror/twisted/Twisted/(\\ed\\e.\\ed)/ \\e\n"
"  Twisted-([\\ed\\e.]*)\\e.tar\\e.bz2\n"
"http://tmrc.mit.edu/mirror/twisted/Twisted/(\\ed.\\ed)/Twisted-([\\ed\\e.]*)\\e.tar\\e.bz2\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:75
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# qa.debian.org runs a redirector which allows a simpler form of URL\n"
"# for SourceForge based projects. The format below will automatically\n"
"# be rewritten to use the redirector.\n"
"http://sf.net/audacity/audacity-src-(.+)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:80
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# If your package is located on SourceForge and the redirector\n"
"# isn't working for you, you can use the following format. Note\n"
"# that the trailing .* is required.\n"
"http://downloads.sourceforge.net/audacity/audacity-src-(.+)\\e.tar\\e.gz\\e.*\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:85
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This is the format for a site which has funny version numbers;\n"
"# the parenthesised groups will be joined with dots to make a\n"
"# sanitised version number\n"
"http://www.site.com/pub/foobar/foobar_v(\\ed+)_(\\ed+)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:93
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# This is another way of handling site with funny version numbers,\n"
"# this time using mangling.  (Note that multiple groups will be\n"
"# concatenated before mangling is performed, and that mangling will\n"
"# only be performed on the basename version number, not any path\n"
"# version numbers.)\n"
"opts=\"uversionmangle=s/^/0.0./\" \\e\n"
"  "
"ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/ALPHA/wine/development/Wine-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:98
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Similarly, the upstream part of the Debian version number can be\n"
"# mangled:\n"
"opts=dversionmangle=s/\\e.dfsg\\e.\\ed+$// \\e\n"
"  http://some.site.org/some/path/foobar-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:111
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# The filename is found by taking the last component of the URL and\n"
"# removing everything after any '?'.  If this would not make a usable\n"
"# filename, use filenamemangle.  For example,\n"
"# E<lt>A "
"href=\"http://foo.bar.org/download/?path=&download=foo-0.1.1.tar.gz\"E<gt>\n"
"# could be handled as:\n"
"# opts=filenamemangle=s/.*=(.*)/$1/ \\e\n"
"#     http://foo.bar.org/download/\\e?path=&download=foo-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\n"
"# \n"
"# E<lt>A "
"href=\"http://foo.bar.org/download/?path=&download_version=0.1.1\"E<gt>\n"
"# could be handled as:\n"
"# opts=filenamemangle=s/.*=(.*)/foo-$1\\e.tar\\e.gz/ \\e\n"
"#    http://foo.bar.org/download/\\e?path=&download_version=(.*)\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:119
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# The option downloadurlmangle can be used to mangle the URL of the file\n"
"# to download.  This can only be used with http:// URLs.  This may be\n"
"# necessary if the link given on the webpage needs to be transformed in\n"
"# some way into one which will work automatically, for example:\n"
"# opts=downloadurlmangle=s/prdownload/download/ \\e\n"
"#   http://developer.berlios.de/project/showfiles.php?group_id=2051 \\e\n"
"#   http://prdownload.berlios.de/softdevice/vdr-softdevice-(.*).tgz\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:125
msgid ""
"Comment lines may be introduced with a `#' character.  Continuation lines "
"may be indicated by terminating a line with a backslash character."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:129
msgid ""
"The first (non-comment) line of the file must begin `version=3'.  This "
"allows for future extensions without having to change the name of the file."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:134
msgid ""
"There are two possibilities for the syntax of an HTTP watchfile line, and "
"only one for an FTP line.  We begin with the common (and simpler)  format.  "
"We describe the optional opts=... first field below, and ignore it in what "
"follows."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:151
msgid ""
"The first field gives the full pattern of URLs being searched for.  In the "
"case of an FTP site, the directory listing for the requested directory will "
"be requested and this will be scanned for files matching the basename "
"(everything after the trailing `/').  In the case of an HTTP site, the URL "
"obtained by stripping everything after the trailing slash will be downloaded "
"and searched for hrefs (links of the form E<lt>a href=...E<gt>) to either "
"the full URL pattern given, or to the absolute part (everything without the "
"http://host.name/ part), or to the basename (just the part after the final "
"`/').  Everything up to the final slash is taken as a verbatim URL, as long "
"as there are no parentheses (`(' and ')') in this part of the URL: if it "
"does, the directory name will be matched in the same way as the final "
"component of the URL as described below.  (Note that regex metacharacters "
"such as `+' are regarded literally unless they are in a path component "
"containing parentheses; see the Atlas-C++ example above.  Also, the "
"parentheses must match within each path component.)"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:160
msgid ""
"The pattern (after the final slash) is a Perl regexp (see B<perlre>(1) for "
"details of these).  You need to make the pattern so tight that it matches "
"only the upstream software you are interested in and nothing else.  Also, "
"the pattern will be anchored at the beginning and at the end, so it must "
"match the full filename.  (Note that for HTTP URLs, the href may include the "
"absolute path or full site and path and still be accepted.)  The pattern "
"must contain at least one Perl group as explained in the next paragraph."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:171
msgid ""
"Having got a list of `files' matching the pattern, their version numbers are "
"extracted by treating the part matching the Perl regexp groups, demarcated "
"by `(...)', joining them with `.' as a separator, and using the result as "
"the version number of the file.  The version number will then be mangled if "
"required by the uversionmangle option described below.  Finally, the file "
"versions are then compared to find the one with the greatest version number, "
"as determined by B<dpkg --compare-versions>.  Note that if you need Perl "
"groups which are not to be used in the version number, either use `(?:...)' "
"or use the uversionmangle option to clean up the mess!"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:190
msgid ""
"The current (upstream) version can be specified as the second parameter in "
"the watchfile line.  If this is I<debian> or absent, then the current Debian "
"version (as determined by I<debian/changelog>) is used to determine the "
"current upstream version.  The current upstream version may also be "
"specified by the command-line option B<--upstream-version>, which specifies "
"the upstream version number of the currently installed package (i.e., the "
"Debian version number without epoch and Debian revision).  The upstream "
"version number will then be mangled using the dversionmangle option if one "
"is specified, as described below.  If the newest version available is newer "
"than the current version, then it is downloaded into the parent directory, "
"unless the B<--report> or --report-status option has been used.  Once the "
"file has been downloaded, then a symlink to the file is made from "
"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz> if the file has a "
"I<.tar.gz> or a I<.tgz> suffix and from "
"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.bz2> if the file has a "
"I<.tar.bz2> or a I<.tbz> or I<.tbz2> suffix."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:193
msgid ""
"Finally, if a third parameter (an action) is given in the watchfile line, "
"this is taken as the name of a command, and the command"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:195
#, no-wrap
msgid "    I<command >B<--upstream-version>I< version filename>\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:204
msgid ""
"is executed, using either the original file or the symlink name.  A common "
"such command would be B<uupdate>(1).  (Note that the calling syntax was "
"slightly different when using watchfiles without a `version=...' line; there "
"the command executed was `command filename version'.)  If the command is "
"B<uupdate>, then the B<--no-symlink> option is given to B<uupdate> as a "
"first option, since any requested symlinking will already be done by "
"B<uscan>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:220
msgid ""
"The alternative version of the watchfile syntax for HTTP URLs is as "
"follows.  The first field is a homepage which should be downloaded and then "
"searched for hrefs matching the pattern given in the second field.  (Again, "
"this pattern will be anchored at the beginning and the end, so it must match "
"the whole href.  If you want to match just the basename of the href, you can "
"use a pattern like \".*/name-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\" if you know that there is a "
"full URL, or better still: \"(?:.*/)?name-(.*)\\e.tar\\e.gz\" if there may "
"or may not be.  Note the use of (?:...) to avoid making a backreference.)  "
"If any of the hrefs in the homepage which match the (anchored) pattern are "
"relative URLs, they will be taken as being relative to the base URL of the "
"homepage (i.e., with everything after the trailing slash removed), or "
"relative to the base URL specified in the homepage itself with a E<lt>base "
"href=\"...\"E<gt> tag.  The third and fourth fields are the version number "
"and action fields as before."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:220
#, no-wrap
msgid "PER-SITE OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:226
msgid ""
"A watchfile line may be prefixed with `opts=I<options>', where I<options> is "
"a comma-separated list of options.  The whole I<options> string may be "
"enclosed in double quotes, which is necessary if I<options> contains any "
"spaces.  The recognised options are as follows:"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:226
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<active> and B<passive> (or B<pasv>)"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:231
msgid ""
"If used on an FTP line, these override the choice of whether to use PASV "
"mode or not, and force the use of the specified mode for this site."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:231
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<uversionmangle=>I<rules>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:238
msgid ""
"This is used to mangle the upstream version number as matched by the "
"ftp://... or http:// rules as follows.  First, the I<rules> string is split "
"into multiple rules at every `;'.  Then the upstream version number is "
"mangled by applying I<rule> to the version, in a similar way to executing "
"the Perl command:"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:240
#, no-wrap
msgid "    $version =~ I<rule>;\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:245
msgid ""
"for each rule.  Thus, suitable rules might be `s/^/0./' to prepend `0.' to "
"the version number and `s/_/./' to change underscores into periods.  Note "
"that the I<rules> string may not contain commas; this should not be a "
"problem."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:250
msgid ""
"I<rule> may only use the 's', 'tr' and 'y' operations.  When the 's' "
"operation is used, only the 'g', 'i' and 'x' flags are available and I<rule> "
"may not contain any expressions which have the potential to execute code "
"(i.e. the (?{}) and (??{}) constructs are not supported)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:250
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<dversionmangle=>I<rules>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:258
msgid ""
"This is used to mangle the Debian version number of the currently installed "
"package in the same way as the B<uversionmangle> option.  Thus, a suitable "
"rule might be `s/\\e.dfsg\\e.\\ed+$//' to remove a `.dfsg.1' suffix from the "
"Debian version number, or to handle `.pre6' type version numbers.  Again, "
"the I<rules> string may not contain commas; this should not be a problem."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:258
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<versionmangle=>I<rules>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:263
msgid ""
"This is a syntactic shorthand for "
"B<uversionmangle=>I<rules>B<,dversionmangle=>I<rules>B<, applying the same "
"rules to both the upstream and Debian version numbers.>"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:263
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<filenamemangle=>I<rules>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:269
msgid ""
"This is used to mangle the filename with which the downloaded file will be "
"saved, and is parsed in the same way as the B<uversionmangle> option.  "
"Examples of its use are given in the examples section above."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:269
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<downloadurlmangle=>I<rules>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:277
msgid ""
"This is used to mangle the URL to be used for the download.  The URL is "
"first computed based on the homepage downloaded and the pattern matched, "
"then the version number is determined from this URL.  Finally, any rules "
"given by this option are applied before the actual download attempt is "
"made. An example of its use is given in the examples section above."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:292
msgid ""
"Similarly to several other scripts in the B<devscripts> package, B<uscan> "
"explores the requested directory trees looking for I<debian/changelog> and "
"I<debian/watch> files.  As a safeguard against stray files causing potential "
"problems, and in order to promote efficiency, it will examine the name of "
"the parent directory once it finds the I<debian/changelog> file, and check "
"that the directory name corresponds to the package name.  It will only "
"attempt to download newer versions of the package and then perform any "
"requested action if the directory name matches the package name.  Precisely "
"how it does this is controlled by two configuration file variables "
"DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_LEVEL and DEVSCRIPTS_CHECK_DIRNAME_REGEX, and their "
"corresponding command-line options B<--check-dirname-level> and "
"B<--check-dirname-regex>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:303
msgid ""
"Only check the directory name if we have had to change directory in our "
"search for I<debian/changelog>, that is, the directory containing "
"I<debian/changelog> is not the directory from which B<uscan> was invoked.  "
"This is the default behaviour."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:321
msgid "This script will perform a fully automatic upstream update."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:329
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh -e\n"
"# called with '--upstream-version' E<lt>versionE<gt> E<lt>fileE<gt>\n"
"uupdate \"$@\"\n"
"package=`dpkg-parsechangelog | sed -n 's/^Source: //p'`\n"
"cd ../$package-$2\n"
"debuild\n"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:334
msgid ""
"Note that we don't call B<dupload> or B<dput> automatically, as the "
"maintainer should perform sanity checks on the software before uploading it "
"to Debian."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:335
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--report, --no-download>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:338
msgid "Only report about available newer versions but do not download anything."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:338
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--report-status>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:342
msgid ""
"Report on the status of all packages, even those which are up-to-date, but "
"do not download anything."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:342
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--download>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:345
msgid "Report and download.  (This is the default behaviour.)"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:345
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--destdir>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:348
msgid "Path of directory to which to download."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:348
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--force-download>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:351
msgid ""
"Download upstream even if up to date (will not overwrite local files, "
"however)"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:351
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--pasv>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:354
msgid "Force PASV mode for FTP connections."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:354
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-pasv>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:357
msgid "Do not use PASV mode for FTP connections."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:357
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--timeout> I<N>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:360
msgid "Set timeout to N seconds (default 20 seconds)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:360
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--symlink>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:366
msgid ""
"Make orig.tar.gz symlinks to any downloaded files if their extensions are "
"I<.tar.gz> or I<.tgz>, and similarly for to orig.tar.bz2 for the suffixes "
"I<.tar.gz>, I<.tbz> and I<.tbz2>.  (This is the default behaviour.)"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:366
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--rename>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:371
msgid ""
"Instead of symlinking, rename the downloaded files to their Debian "
"orig.tar.gz names if their extensions are I<.tar.gz> or I<.tgz>, and "
"similarly for tar.bz2 files."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:371
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--repack>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:379
msgid ""
"After having downloaded a bzip tar or zip archive, repack it to a gzip tar "
"archive, which is still currently required as a member of a Debian source "
"package. Does nothing if the downloaded archive is not a bzip tar archive or "
"a zip archive (i.e. it doesn't match a .tbz, .tbz2, .tar.bz2 or .zip "
"extension). The unzip package must be installed in order to repack .zip "
"archives."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:379 ../scripts/uupdate.1:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-symlink>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:382
msgid "Don't make these symlinks and don't rename the files."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:382
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--dehs>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:385
msgid "Use an XML format for output, as required by the DEHS system."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:385
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-dehs>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:388
msgid "Use the traditional uscan output format.  (This is the default behaviour.)"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:397
msgid ""
"Specify the name of the package to check for rather than examining "
"I<debian/changelog>; this requires the B<--upstream-version> (unless a "
"version is specified in the watchfile)  and B<--watchfile> options as well.  "
"Furthermore, no directory scanning will be done and nothing will be "
"downloaded.  This option is probably most useful in conjunction with the "
"DEHS system (and B<--dehs>)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:397
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--upstream-version> I<upstream-version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:402
msgid ""
"Specify the current upstream version rather than examine the watchfile or "
"changelog to determine it.  This is ignored if a directory scan is being "
"performed and more than one watchfile is found."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:402
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--watchfile> I<watchfile>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:409
msgid ""
"Specify the watchfile rather than perform a directory scan to determine it.  "
"If this option is used without B<--package>, then B<uscan> must be called "
"from within the Debian package source tree (so that I<debian/changelog> can "
"be found simply by stepping up through the tree)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:409
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--download-version> I<version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:413
msgid ""
"Specify the version which the upstream release must match in order to be "
"considered, rather than using the release with the highest version."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:416
msgid "Give verbose output."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:416
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-verbose>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:419
msgid "Don't give verbose output.  (This is the default behaviour.)"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:419
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:422
msgid "Dump the downloaded web pages to stdout for debugging your watch file."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:430
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--user-agent>, B<--useragent>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:433
msgid "Override the default user agent header."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:440
msgid "Give brief usage information."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:450
msgid ""
"The two configuration files I</etc/devscripts.conf> and I<~/.devscripts> are "
"sourced by a shell in that order to set configuration variables.  These may "
"be overridden by command line options.  Environment variable settings are "
"ignored for this purpose.  If the first command line option given is "
"B<--noconf>, then these files will not be read.  The currently recognised "
"variables are:"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:450
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<USCAN_DOWNLOAD>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:455
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then newer upstream files will not be downloaded; "
"this is equivalent to the B<--report> or B<--no-download> options."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:455
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<USCAN_PASV>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:461
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes> or I<no>, this will force FTP connections to use "
"PASV mode or not to, respectively.  If this is set to I<default>, then "
"Net::FTP(3) make the choice (primarily based on the FTP_PASSIVE environment "
"variable)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:461
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<USCAN_SYMLINK>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:468
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then a pkg_version.orig.tar.{gz|bz2} symlink will "
"not be made (equivalent to the B<--no-symlink> option).  If it is set to "
"I<yes> or I<symlink>, then the symlinks will be made.  If it is set to "
"I<rename>, then the files are renamed (equivalent to the B<--rename> "
"option)."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:468
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<USCAN_DEHS_OUTPUT>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:472
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then DEHS-style output will be used.  This is "
"equivalent to the B<--dehs> option."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:472
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<USCAN_VERBOSE>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:476
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<yes>, then verbose output will be given.  This is "
"equivalent to the B<--verbose> option."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:476
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<USCAN_USER_AGENT>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:480
msgid ""
"If set, the specified user agent string will be used in place of the "
"default.  This is equivalent to the B<--user-agent> option."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:480
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<USCAN_DESTDIR>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:484
msgid ""
"If set, the downloaded files will be placed in this directory.  This is "
"equivalent to the B<--destdir> option."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:488
msgid ""
"The exit status gives some indication of whether a newer version was found "
"or not; one is advised to read the output to determine exactly what happened "
"and whether there were any warnings to be noted."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:492
msgid ""
"Either B<--help> or B<--version> was used, or for some watchfile which was "
"examined, a newer upstream version was located."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:496
msgid "No newer upstream versions were located for any of the watchfiles examined."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:496
#, no-wrap
msgid "HISTORY AND UPGRADING"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:500
msgid ""
"This section briefly describes the backwards-incompatible watchfile features "
"which have been added in each watchfile version, and the first version of "
"the B<devscripts> package which understood them."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:500
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<Pre-version 2>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:505
msgid ""
"The watchfile syntax was significantly different in those days.  Don't use "
"it.  If you are upgrading from a pre-version 2 watchfile, you are advised to "
"read this manpage and to start from scratch."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:505
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<Version 2>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:509
msgid ""
"devscripts version 2.6.90: The first incarnation of the current style of "
"watchfiles."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:509
#, no-wrap
msgid "I<Version 3>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:515
msgid ""
"devscripts version 2.8.12: Introduced the following: correct handling of "
"regex special characters in the path part, directory/path pattern matching, "
"version number in several parts, version number mangling.  Later versions "
"have also introduced URL mangling."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:521
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from version 2, the key incompatibility is if you have "
"multiple groups in the pattern part; whereas only the first one would be "
"used in version 2, they will all be used in version 3.  To avoid this "
"behaviour, change the non-version-number groups to be (?:...) instead of a "
"plain (...) group."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:527
msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<perlre>(1), B<uupdate>(1)  and B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uscan.1:532
msgid ""
"The original version of B<uscan> was written by Christoph Lameter "
"E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>.  Significant improvements, changes and "
"bugfixes were made by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>.  HTTP support "
"was added by Piotr Roszatycki E<lt>dexter@debian.orgE<gt>.  The program was "
"rewritten in Perl by Julian Gilbey."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "UUPDATE"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:4
msgid "uupdate - upgrade a source code package from an upstream revision"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:6
msgid "B<uupdate> [I<options>] I<new_upstream_archive> [I<version>]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:8
msgid "B<uupdate> [I<options>] B<--patch>|B<-p> I<patch_file>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:20
msgid ""
"B<uupdate> modifies an existing Debian source code archive to reflect an "
"upstream update supplied as a patch or from a wholly new source code "
"archive.  The utility needs to be invoked from the top directory of the old "
"source code directory, and if a relative name is given for the new archive "
"or patch file, it will be looked for first relative to the execution "
"directory and then relative to the parent of the source tree.  (For example, "
"if the changelog file is I</usr/local/src/foo/foo-1.1/debian/changelog>, "
"then the archive or patch file will be looked for relative to "
"I</usr/local/src/foo>.)  Note that the patch file or archive cannot be "
"within the source tree itself.  The full details of what the code does are "
"given below."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:28
msgid ""
"Currently supported source code file types are I<.tar.gz>, I<.tar.bz2>, "
"I<.tar.Z>, I<.tgz>, I<.tar> and I<.zip> archives.  Also supported are "
"already unpacked source code archives; simply give the path of the source "
"code directory.  Supported patch file types are B<gzip>-compressed, "
"B<bzip2>-compressed and uncompressed patch files.  The file types are "
"identified by the file names, so they must use the standard suffixes."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:38
msgid ""
"Usually B<uupdate> will be able to deduce the version number from the source "
"archive name (as long as it only contains digits and periods).  If that "
"fails, you need to specify the version number explicitly (without the Debian "
"release number which will always be initially 1!).  This can be done with an "
"initial B<--upstream-version> or B<-v> option, or in the case of an archive, "
"with a version number after the filename.  (The reason for the latter is so "
"that B<uupdate> can be called directly from B<uscan>.)"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:43
msgid ""
"Since B<uupdate> uses B<debuild> to clean the current archive before trying "
"to apply a patch file, it accepts a B<--rootcmd> or B<-r> option allowing "
"the user to specify a gain-root command to be used.  The default is to use "
"B<fakeroot>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:50
msgid ""
"If an archive is being built, the pristine upstream source should be used to "
"create the I<.orig.tar.gz> file wherever possible.  This means that MD5 sums "
"or other similar methods can be used to easily compare the upstream source "
"to Debian's copy of the upstream version.  This is the default behaviour, "
"and can be switched off using the B<--no-pristine> option below."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:52
msgid "This is a summary of what was explained above."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--upstream-version >I<version>, B<-v >I<version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:55
msgid "Specify the version number of the upstream package explicitly."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:55
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--rootcmd >I<gain-root-command>, B<-r >I<gain-root-command>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:59
msgid ""
"Specify the command to be used to become root to build the package and is "
"passed onto B<debuild>(1) if it is specified."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--pristine>, B<-u>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:64
msgid ""
"Treat the source as pristine upstream source and symlink to it from "
"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz> whenever possible.  This "
"option has no meaning for patches.  This is the default behaviour."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--no-pristine>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:67
msgid ""
"Do not attempt to make a I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz> "
"symlink."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--symlink>, B<-s>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:72
msgid ""
"Simply create a symlink when moving a new upstream I<.tar.gz> archive to the "
"new I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz> location.  This is "
"the default behaviour."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:76
msgid ""
"Copy the upstream I<.tar.gz> to the new location instead of making a "
"symlink."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<UUPDATE_PRISTINE>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:96
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the B<--no-pristine> command "
"line parameter being used."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<UUPDATE_SYMLINK_ORIG>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:100
msgid ""
"If this is set to I<no>, then it is the same as the B<--no-symlink> command "
"line parameter being used."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<UUPDATE_ROOTCMD>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:103
msgid "This is equivalent to the B<--rootcmd> option."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTIONS TAKEN ON AN ARCHIVE"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:104 ../scripts/uupdate.1:133
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Figure out new version number>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:110
msgid ""
"Unless an explicit version number is provided, the archive name is analyzed "
"for a sequence of digits separated by dots.  If something like that is "
"found, it is taken to be the new upstream version number.  If not, "
"processing is aborted."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Create the .orig.tar.gz archive>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:115
msgid ""
"If the B<--pristine> or B<-u> option is specified and the upstream archive "
"is a I<.tar.gz> or I<.tgz> archive, then this will be copied directly to "
"I<E<lt>packageE<gt>_E<lt>versionE<gt>.orig.tar.gz>."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Unpacking>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:120
msgid ""
"The archive is unpacked and placed in a directory with the correct name "
"according to Debian policy: package-upstream_version.orig.  Processing is "
"aborted if this directory already exists."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:120 ../scripts/uupdate.1:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Patching>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:128
msgid ""
"The I<.diffs.gz> from the current version are applied to the unpackaged "
"archive.  A non-zero exit status and warning message will occur if the "
"patches did not apply cleanly or if no patch file was found.  Also, the list "
"of rejected patches will be shown.  The file I<debian/rules> is made "
"executable and all of the I<.orig> files created by B<patch> are deleted."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:128 ../scripts/uupdate.1:156
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Changelog update>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:132 ../scripts/uupdate.1:160
msgid ""
"A changelog entry with the new version number is generated with the text "
"\"New upstream release\"."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:132
#, no-wrap
msgid "ACTIONS TAKEN ON A PATCH FILE"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:139
msgid ""
"Unless an explicit version number is provided, the patch file name is "
"analyzed for a sequence of digits separated by dots.  If something like that "
"is found, it is taken to be the new upstream version number.  If not, "
"processing is aborted."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Clean the current source tree>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:144
msgid ""
"The command B<debuild clean> is executed within the current Debian source "
"archive to clean it.  If a B<-r> option is given to B<uupdate>, it is passed "
"on to B<debuild>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:156
msgid ""
"The current source archive (I<.orig.tar.gz>) is unpacked and the patch "
"applied to the original sources.  If this is successful, then the I<.orig> "
"directory is renamed to reflect the new version number and the current "
"Debian source directory is copied to a directory with the new version "
"number, otherwise processing is aborted.  The patch is then applied to the "
"new copy of the Debian source directory.  The file I<debian/rules> is made "
"executable and all of the I<.orig> files created by B<patch> are deleted.  "
"If there was a problem with the patching, a warning is issued and the "
"program will eventually exit with non-zero exit status."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:167
msgid ""
"B<debuild>(1), B<fakeroot>(1), B<patch>(1), I<The Debian Policy Manual> and "
"B<devscripts.conf>(5)."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/uupdate.1:170
msgid ""
"The original version of B<uupdate> was written by Christoph Lameter "
"E<lt>clameter@debian.orgE<gt>.  Several changes and improvements have been "
"made by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/whodepends.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "WHODEPENDS"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/whodepends.1:4
msgid "whodepends - check which maintainers' packages depend on a package"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/whodepends.1:6
msgid "B<whodepends> [I<package>] [options]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/whodepends.1:10
msgid ""
"B<whodepends> gives the names, e-mail addresses and the packages they "
"maintain of all maintainers who have packages depending on the given "
"package."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/whodepends.1:11
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help, -h>"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/whodepends.1:14
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version, -v>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/whodepends.1:19
msgid "B<whodepends> is not very efficient."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/whodepends.1:20
msgid "B<whodepends> has been written by Moshe Zadka E<lt>moshez@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "WHO-UPLOADS"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:4
msgid "who-uploads - identify the uploaders of Debian source packages"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:6
msgid "B<who-uploads> [I<options>] I<source_package> [...]"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:12
msgid ""
"B<who-uploads> uses the Package Tracking System (PTS) to identify the "
"uploaders of the three most recent versions of the given source packages.  "
"Note that the uploaders are identified using their B<gpg>(1) keys; "
"installing a recent version of the I<debian-keyring> package should provide "
"most of the required keys."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:15
msgid ""
"Note that because the PTS uses source packages, you must give the source "
"package names, not the binary package names."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<-M>, B<--max-uploads=>I<N>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:21
msgid ""
"Specify the maximum number of uploads to display for each package; the "
"default is 3.  Note that you may not see this many uploads if there are not "
"this many recorded in the PTS."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keyring >I<keyring>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:25
msgid ""
"Add I<keyring> to the list of keyrings to be searched for the uploader's GPG "
"key."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:33
msgid ""
"By default, B<who-uploads> uses the three Debian keyrings "
"I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.{gpg,pgp}> and "
"I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg> (although this default can be "
"changed in the configuration file, see below).  Specifying this option means "
"that the default keyrings will not be examined.  The B<--keyring> option "
"overrides this one."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--date>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:36
msgid "Show the date of the upload alongside the uploader's details"
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--nodate>, B<--no-date>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:40
msgid ""
"Do not show the date of the upload alongside the uploader's details.  This "
"is the default behaviour."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<WHOUPLOADS_DATE>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:60
msgid ""
"Show the date of the upload alongside the uploader's details.  By default, "
"this is \"no\"."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<WHOUPLOADS_MAXUPLOADS>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:64
msgid ""
"The maximum number of uploads to display for each package.  By default, this "
"is 3."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<WHOUPLOADS_KEYRINGS>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:71
msgid ""
"This is a colon-separated list of the default keyrings to be used.  By "
"default, it is the three Debian keyrings "
"I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.{gpg,pgp}> and "
"I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg>."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/who-uploads.1:74
msgid ""
"The original version of B<who-uploads> was written by Adeodato Sim\\['o] "
"E<lt>dato@net.com.org.esE<gt>.  The current version is by Julian Gilbey "
"E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "WNPP-ALERT"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:4
msgid "wnpp-alert - check for installed packages up for adoption or orphaned"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:6
msgid "B<wnpp-alert [--diff] [package ...]>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:8
msgid "B<wnpp-alert --help|--version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:14
msgid ""
"B<wnpp-alert> downloads the lists of packages which have been orphaned (O), "
"are up for adoption (RFA), or the maintainer has asked for help (RFH) from "
"the WNPP webpages, and then outputs a list of packages installed on the "
"system, or matching the listed packages, which are in those lists."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:17
msgid ""
"Note that WNPP, and therefore B<wnpp-alert>'s output, is source package "
"based."
msgstr ""

# type: TP
#: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--diff>, B<-d>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:23
msgid ""
"If the I<~/.devscripts_cache> directory exists, compare the output of "
"B<wnpp-alert> to the previous output (cached in the file I<wnpp-diff>) and "
"output the differences."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:31 ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:25
msgid "http://www.debian.org/devel/wnpp"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-alert.1:34
msgid ""
"B<wnpp-alert> was written by Arthur Korn E<lt>arthur@korn.chE<gt> and "
"modified by Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> for the devscripts "
"package.  It is in the public domain."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "WNPP-CHECK"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:4
msgid ""
"wnpp-check - check if a package is being packaged or if this has been "
"requested"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:6
msgid "B<wnpp-check package [...]>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:8
msgid "B<wnpp-check --help|--version>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:13
msgid ""
"B<wnpp-check> downloads the lists of packages which are listed as being "
"packaged (ITPed) or for which a package has been requested (RFPed) from the "
"WNPP website and lists any packages supplied on the command line which "
"appear in those lists."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:16
msgid ""
"Note that WNPP, and therefore B<wnpp-check>'s output, is source package "
"based."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:29
msgid "None of the packages supplied has an open ITP or RFP"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:33
msgid ""
"Either an error occurred or at least one package supplied has an open ITP or "
"RFP"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/wnpp-check.1:39
msgid ""
"B<wnpp-check> was written by David Paleino E<lt>d.paleino@gmail.comE<gt>; "
"this man page was written by Adam D. Barratt "
"E<lt>adam@adam-barratt.org.ukE<gt> for the devscripts package.  "
"B<wnpp-check> was originally based on B<wnpp-alert>, which was written by "
"Arthur Korn E<lt>arthur@korn.chE<gt> and modified by Julian Gilbey "
"E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt> for the devscripts package.  Both scripts are in "
"the public domain."
msgstr ""

# type: TH
#: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEVSCRIPTS.CONF"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:4
msgid "devscripts.conf - configuration file for the devscripts package"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:9
msgid ""
"The B<devscripts> package provides a collection of scripts which may be of "
"use to Debian developers and others wishing to build Debian packages.  Many "
"of these have options which can be configured on a system-wide and per-user "
"basis."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:15
msgid ""
"Every script in the B<devscripts> package which makes use of values from "
"these configuration files describes the specific settings recognised in its "
"own manpage.  (For a list of the scripts, either see "
"I</usr/share/doc/devscripts/README.gz> or look at the output of I<dpkg -L "
"devscripts | grep /usr/bin>.)"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:24
msgid ""
"The two configuration files are I</etc/devscripts.conf> for system-wide "
"defaults and I<~/.devscripts> for per-user settings.  They are written with "
"B<bash>(1) syntax, but should only have comments and simple variable "
"assignments in them; they are both sourced (if present) by many of the "
"B<devscripts> scripts.  Variables corresponding to simple switches should "
"have one of the values I<yes> and I<no>; any other setting is regarded as "
"equivalent to the default setting."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:28
msgid ""
"All variable names are written in uppercase, and begin with the script "
"name.  Package-wide variables begin with \"DEVSCRIPTS\", and are listed "
"below, as well as in the relevant manpages."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:36
msgid ""
"For a list of all of the available options variables, along with their "
"default settings, see the example configuration file "
"I</usr/share/doc/devscripts/devscripts.conf.ex>.  This is copied to "
"I</etc/devscripts.conf> when the B<devscripts> package is first installed.  "
"Information about configuration options introduced in newer versions of the "
"package will be appended to I</etc/devscripts.conf> when the package is "
"upgraded."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:40
msgid ""
"Every script which reads the configuration files can be forced to ignore "
"them by using B<--no-conf> as the I<first> command-line option."
msgstr ""

# type: SH
#: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "PACKAGE-WIDE VARIABLES"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:42
msgid "The currently recognised package-wide variables are:"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:54
msgid ""
"These control scripts which change directory to find a I<debian/changelog> "
"file or suchlike, and some other miscellaneous cases.  In order to prevent "
"unwanted, even possibly dangerous, behaviour, these variables control when "
"actions will be performed.  The scripts which currently make use of these "
"variables are: B<debc>, B<debchange>/B<dch>, B<debclean>, B<debi>, "
"B<debrelease>, B<debuild> and B<uscan>, but this list may change with time "
"(and I may not remember to update this manpage).  Please see the manpages of "
"individual scripts for details of the specific behaviour for each script."
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:58
msgid "B<devscripts>(1)  and I</usr/share/doc/devscripts/README.gz.>"
msgstr ""

# type: Plain text
#: ../scripts/devscripts.conf.5:60
msgid ""
"This manpage was written for the B<devscripts> package by the package "
"maintainer Julian Gilbey E<lt>jdg@debian.orgE<gt>."
msgstr ""